ECTS Catalogue 2013

INSTITUTIONAL INFORMATION

5 Mikołajczyka str.

Full legal name of the institution

Politechnika Opolska

45-271 Opole, Poland

Erasmus code of the institution

PL OPOLE02

Tel.: +48 77 4006153

Erasmus university charter

74388-IC-1-2007-1-PL-ERASMUS-EUCX-1

Fax.: +48 77 4006349

Official representative of the institution

Prof. Krzysztof Malik,

e-mail:

(bilateral agreements)

Vice-Rector for Cooperation and Development

Erasmus institutional coordinator

Elżbieta Cieślak, M.Sc.

iro@po.opole.pl

ERASMUS code: PL OPOLE02

e.cieslak@po.opole.pl Tel: +48 77 449 8515 Fax: +48 77 449 9908 Internetional Relations Office

Piotr Kokorczak, M.A.

Head of the Office

p.kokorczak@po.opole.pl tel. +48 77 449 85 12 fax +48 77 449 99 08

Erasmus Contact Persons Anna Witelus, M.A. a.witelus@po.opole.pl tel. +48 77 449 85 14 fax +48 77 449 99 08 Małgorzata Nowicka-Zając M.A. m.nowicka@po.opole.pl tel. +48 77 449 85 15 fax +48 77 449 99 08 Erasmus Faculty Coordinators Faculty of Civil Engineering

Juliusz Kuś, PhD j.kus@po.opole.pl tel.: 0048774498572

Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatic

Wojciech Radziewicz, PhD

Contol and Informatics

w.radziewicz@po.opole tel.: 0048774498017

Faculty of Mechanical Engineering

Małgorzata Wzorek, PhD m.wzorek@po.opole.pl tel.: 0048774498440

Faculty of Physical Education and Physiotherapy

Jacek Soboń, PhD therapy73@o2.pl tel.:

Faculty of Production Engineering and Logistics

Hanna Ścięgosz, PhD h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl tel.: 0048774498735

Faculty of Economics and Managment

Jolanta Maj, PhD j.maj@po.opole.pl tel.: 0048774498801

Internet address

www.iro.po.opole.pl

Information of ECTS

www.iro.po.opole.pl [go to: Admission procedures, ECTS] The courses for Ersmus studentsare conducted in English and German

Deadline for sending Erasmus student

Winter semester: 15th June

applications

Summer semester: 15th December The following documents are required: - Application Form - Learning Agreement - 3 copies - Transcript of Records - Accommodation Form The forms are to be found at our website.

Faculty of Civil Engineering 48 Katowicka str., 45-061 Opole, Poland phone: (+48 77) 456 50 85, tel./fax: (+48 77) 456 50 84 e-mail: wbud@po.opole.pl, http://www.wb.po.opole.pl FIELDS OF STUDY - Building Engineering; (BSc, MSc, PhD) - Architecture and Town Planning (BSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Civil Engineering and Architecture - Roads and Bridges - Physics Materials - Soil and Geodesy - Building Materials Engineering - Building and Engineering Structures - Structural Mechanic FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Juliusz KuĹ›, PhD; Civil Engineering Faculty of Civil Engineering is one of the six faculties of Opole University of Technology.

Scientific research conducted at Faculty of Civil Engineering includes such unique and vital issues as: mechanics of building structures, seismic and wind engineering, thermal affects on building structures, fire resistance of building structures, thermomechanics, interaction of building structures with subsoil, contemporary issues of building structures physics, building materials engineering in the field of composite materials based on cement and gypsum binding agents, and utilization of industrial waste materials in building materials industry.

The academic staff of the Faculty has proved to have significant potential of scientific research, which enables them to conduct research within the fields mentioned above at highest possible standards. This has been confirmed by their achievements recognized both nationwide and worldwide, their active participation in numerous national and foreign scientific conferences as well as their scientific output represented by a plentiful supply of domestic and foreign publications. As far as scientific research is concerned, Faculty of Civil Engineering collaborates with a number of technical universities from Austria, the Czech Republic, Germany, Russia, Slovakia, Italy, and Ukraine. The researchers conduct extensive joint research work in partnership with their colleagues from Milan, Vienna, Stuttgart, Dresden, Bochum, Lvov, Prague, Brno, Ostrava, and Bratislava. The outcome of this collaboration is a wide range of joint seminars and scientific publications.

Course code B001 B002 B003 B004 B005 B006 B007 B008 B009 B010 B011 B012 B013 B014 B015 B018 B019 B020 B021 B022 B023 B024

Course name Building Materials Concrete Bridges Concrete Structures Computer science in Engineering Foundation Engineering Principles of Town Planning and Architecture Introduction to Seismic Engineering Soil Mechanics Strength of Materials Structural Mechanics I Steel Bridges Environment Protection in Transportation Engineering Road Communication Engineering Transport Engineering Engineering Surveying Hydraulics and hydrology Design Work-Individual Project Fluid Mechanics Steel Structures Engineering Structures Structural Mechanics II Individual Project Design

ECTS credits 4 6 5 5 4 5 5 5 6 6 5 4 6 6 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 4

1. Course title Building Materials 2. Course code 3. Form of class B001 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I/II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Chemistry, Physics, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about building materials in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program The basic technical properties of building materials. Natural stone materials and their application in the building industry. Mineral pneumatic binding materials: lime, gypsum.

Hydraulic binding materials: cement. Building ceramic wares. Architectural glass. Metals applied in the building engineering. Special materials used for thermal and acoustic insulation.

Binding agents and bituminous materials. Plastics and plastic products used in building engineering.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded exercises 15. Recommended reading Allen, Iano: Fundamentals of Building Construction ? Materials and Methods, J. Wiley & Sons, 4th ed., 2003; Simmons, Olin: Construction ? Principles, Materials and Methods, J. Wiley & Sons, 7th ed., 2001; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Mordak Arkadiusz, a.mordak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Concrete Bridges 2. Course code 3. Form of class B002 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V/VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about architecture and dimensioning of concrete bridges 13. Teaching program Historical outline. The classification of concrete bridges. Materials used for building of the bridges. Principles of dimensioning of concrete bridges. Typical cross-sections of concrete bridges. Elements of fittings for the bridges. Reinforced concrete slab and slab-rib bridges.

Bearings of the bridges. Frame, arch and suspension bridges. Prestressed concrete bridges.

Foundations of the bridges. Modernisation and strengthening of the bridges.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded projects 15. Recommended reading Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Stankiewicz Beata , b.stankiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Concrete Structures 2. Course code 3. Form of class B003 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VI 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Strength of Materials, Structural Mechanics, Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about dimensioning of reinforced concrete structures 13. Teaching program The principles of design. The properties of concrete and reinforcing steel, Methods and structural design. Dimensioning of the cross-section of a reinforced concrete beam for bending and shear. Limit states (ultimate and serviceability) of reinforced concrete structures.

14. Assessment methods Oral examination, graded projects 15. Recommended reading Nawy E.G.: Reinforced Concrete, 5th ed. Prentice Hall, 2003; Macgregor J.G.: Reinforced Concrete: Mechanics and Design, Prentice Hall, 1997; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inş. Małek Edward , e.malek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer science in Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B004 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II/IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about application of computer programming in engineering.

13. Teaching program Basic concepts of computer science. Formal languages. Algorithms. Forms of recording algorithms. Block diagrams. The prototype of a high-level programming language with structural characteristics. Data structures. Examples of algorithms. Selected numerical algorithms. The structure and general principles of the operation of computers. Basic software and useware. Coding, data storage and access in computer systems. Examples of a one-access operating system (personal computer) and instruction interpreter. Basic functions of a text editor Computer networks. Elements of the Internet. The fundamentals of programming in a high-level language. Compilation of modules and integration tasks. The accuracy of number representation and the accuracy of numerical calculations. Programming of the selected examples of numerical methods and engineering computations with use of a graphical library.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded homework and exercises.

15. Recommended reading Numerical Recipes in Fortran 77, book on-line: http:///www.library.cornell.edu/nr/cbookfpdf.html; Larry R. Nyhoff, Sanford Leestma: Introduction to Fortran 90 for Engineers and Scientists, Prentice Hall, 1996, ISBN: 0135052157; Lecture notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Tarczyński Lesław , l.tarczynski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Foundation Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B005 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III/V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Physics, Mathematics, Geology, Strength of Materials, Engineering Mechanics, Structural Mechanics, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about dimensioning of typical foundations 13. Teaching program The classification of foundations. Design of foundations. Spot footings (kinds and calculations of the load capacity of homogenous and stratified foundation bed, stability and calculations of settlement, dimensioning). Continuous footings (kinds and calculations of the load capacity of homogenous and stratified foundation bed, stability and calculations of settlement, dimensioning). Grillage foundations. Foundation plates. Foundation boxes.

Strengthening of the foundation bed. Drainage of the foundation bed and excavations.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded design exercises.

15. Recommended reading Braja M.: Principals of Foundation Engineering, Brooks/Cole, Thomson 2004; Atkinson J.H.: The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations, McGraw Hill, Comp. London, New York 1993; Lecture notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Fedczuk Paweł , p.fedczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Principles of Town Planning and Architecture 2. Course code 3. Form of class B006 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Principles of arts, descriptive engineering, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about architecture and town planning in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program Concepts and definitions. Contemporary comprehension of architecture objectives taking into account a historical point of view. The origin of contemporary architecture, ancient Greece and Rome. Renaissance style, Baroque style, Eclecticism, Secession. The origin of contemporary architecture with regard to structure, Early Christian period style, Gothic style, Romanticism. The outline of history of architecture seen through the structural context. Fields of contemporary architectural design. Building development sets ? public sets, dwellings, industry with regard to the land development plan. Contemporary directions in architecture, the school of the international style, late modernism and postmodernism. Structures of unique buildings, large span roofs, geometry, high rise buildings.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, short speech on the chosen subject 15. Recommended reading Pevsner, Fleming, Honour: The Penguin Dictionary of Architecture, Middlesex, 1980; Thoesen Ch.: Architectural theory from the Renaissance to the present, Koln 2003; Vittorio Magnano Lampugnani, Architecture and City Planning in the Twentieth Century, New York 1984; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Adamska Monika , m.adamska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Introduction to Seismic Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B007 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Structural Statics & Structural dynamice 12. Objectives of the course Acquiring basic knowledge of seismic effects and their modeling when acting on civil engineering structures.

13. Teaching program Introductory information about earthquakes and other seismic effects (rockbursts, traffic vibrations etc). Repetition of basic information about structural dynamics. Response spectrum method for single degree of freedom structures. Introductory information on seismic codes. Response spectrum method for multi degree of freedom structures. Information on seismic codes with particular attention on Eurocode 8.

14. Assessment methods Written exam, graded homework and exercises 15. Recommended reading Clough, Penzien ?Dynamics of Structures?

A.K.Chopra ?Dynamics of Structures?

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Zbigniew Zembaty, z.zembaty@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Soil Mechanics 2. Course code 3. Form of class B008 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II/IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Physics, Mathematics, Geology, Strength of Materials, Engineering Mechanics, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about soil properties in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program The three-phase structure of soils. The origin of soils. The classification of soils. The physical properties of soils. Ground water. The mechanical properties of soils. Stresses in the foundation bed. Ground settlement. The load capacity of the foundation bed.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded exercises 15. Recommended reading Atkinson J.H., Bransby P.L.: The Mechanics of Soils, McGraw Hill, London, 1978; Atkinson J.H.: The Mechanics of Soils and Foundations, McGraw Hill, Comp. London, New York 1993; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Fedczuk Paweł , p.fedczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Strength of Materials 2. Course code 3. Form of class B009 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II/III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Engineering Mechanics, Mathematics, Linear Algebra, English (the first certificate) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about methods and concepts of strength of materials used in dimensioning of engineering structures 13. Teaching program Determination of the internal forces in the complex rod systems. Fundamentals of solid body mechanics. Description of stress and strain state in a deformable solid. Physical equations of the linear elasticity. The simple cases of strength of materials: pure compression and tension, pure shear, bending and torsion. Basic calculations of displacements of rod structures.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded homework and exercises 15. Recommended reading Hibbeler R.C.: Mechanics of Materials, 4th ed., Prentice-Hall, New Jersey, 2000; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. Perkowski Zbigniew , z.perkowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Structural Mechanics I 2. Course code B010 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inĹź. Chmielewski Tadeusz, t.chmielewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Steel Bridges 2. Course code 3. Form of class B011 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II/IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Steel Structures, Strength of Materials, Structural Mechanics, Basis about Bridge Structures, English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about rational dimensioning and designing of modern steel bridge structures.

13. Teaching program Basic knowledge about materials and structures concerning steel bridges. The principles of design road and railway steel bridges: steel bridge decks, cross-sections, plate, box and composite girders, portal, truss and arch girders, bracings, layout of steel suspension and cable-stayed bridges, bearings, pretension of steel bridges. Methods and structural design. Limit states design (ultimate and serviceability) of steel bridge structures.

14. Assessment methods Oral examination, graded project.

15. Recommended reading a.Chatte Sukhen, The Design of Modern Steel Bridges Book. Wiley Blackwell, 2003. b.Ghosh Utpal K., New Design and Construction of Steel Bridges. Taylor & Francis, 2006. c.Lecture notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Jakiel Przemysław , p.jakiel@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environment Protection in Transportation Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B012 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III/IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about environment protection in transportation engineering 13. Teaching program European program of the environmental protection (The Ecological Network Nature 2000). Noise caused by the transportation engineering. Air pollution nearby roads. Crossings for animals as the effective protection method of wild fauna. Ground and water pollutions during service of the transportation routes. Environmental monitoring in the transportation investments.

14. Assessment methods Written exam and oral discussion 15. Recommended reading Salvato J.A., Nemerow N.L., Agardy F.J.: Environmental Engineering (5th Edition), John Wiley & Sons, 2003.

Hester R.E., Harrison R.M. (Editors): Transport and the Environment. Royal Society of Chemistry, 2004.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Bęben Damian , d.beben@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Road Communication Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B013 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV/VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate / FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about architecture and dimensioning of communication buildings 13. Teaching program Polish technical guidelines projections of motor roads. The geometrical formation of motor roads (the road in the plan, in the profile, in the cross-section). Road - earthworks - the projection and the technology of the execution. The projection of road surfaces - methods and Polish catalogues. The projection of cross-roads (Polish directions). Basic engineering of the road traffic (measurement and the analysis of the traffic, the modeling, the capacity of roads, streets and crossings). Basic knowledge about bridges (types, kinds, the classification and the characterization of bridge objects ). Bridge constructions - the projection and the execution 14. Assessment methods Oral or written examination, graded projects 15. Recommended reading Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kozłowski Wojciech, w.kozlowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Transport Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class B014 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV/VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about dimensioning of road and bridge structures.

13. Teaching program The basic technical properties of building materials using for road and bridge structures. The classification of roads. Typical bridge structures. Principles of dimensioning of road structures. Basic rules in highway engineering.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded projects 15. Recommended reading Lecture notes, presentations.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Stankiewicz Beata , b.stankiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Engineering Surveying 2. Course code 3. Form of class B015 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II/III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about engineering surveying in civil engineering 13. Teaching program Levelling. Total stations. Surveying instruments. Electronic and Electro-optical distance measurement. GPS. Examination of the plumb-line and edge of a building. Control checks of hydrotechnical structures on the example of a weir. Inventory surveys of cranes and crane tracks.

14. Assessment methods Written exam and oral discussion.

15. Recommended reading Uren J., Price W.F.: Surveying for engineers. Fourth edition. Palgrave Macmillan. 2006 Bannister A., Raymond S.: Surveying. Frouth edition. Pitman 1977.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. Anigacz Wojciech , w.anigacz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Hydraulics and hydrology 2. Course code 3. Form of class B018 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III/IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Physics, English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about hydraulics and hydrology in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program Hydrostatic pressure. Hydrostatic pressure on the flat and curved surfaces. Buoyancy.

Equilibrium of bodies submerged. The conditions of equilibrium of floating bodies. The movement of liquid. The viscosity of the liquid. Bernoulli's equation for a fluid stream of perfect and real. Bleed and hydraulic drop. Laminar and turbulent motion. Flow under pressure.

Resistance movement. Pipelines, siphon and traps. Movement in open troughs. Energy self (internal). Hydraulic jump, its form and length. Damming. Transfers of a sharp edge (thin wall) non sunk and sunk. Transfers of practical shapes. Spillways (without vacuum). Transfers with a wide crown. Calculating the width of the transfer (light weir). Calculation of the accumulation of money transfer. Light bridges and culverts. Calculation of light bridges. Calculation of the culverts. The movement of groundwater. Ditches and wells. Drainage trenches. Types of drainage. Drainage. Needle-filters. Manholes. Filtration in the construction industry. Filtration of the buildings. Filtration through embankments, dikes and the dam. Hydrometric measurements. Measurement of water status. Measurement of depth. Measurement of flow velocity. Measurement of flow rate. Measurement of sediment transport. Stocks and flows in rivers. Water states. Characteristic states. Flow curve. Flow characteristics. Water balance.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded exercises 15. Recommended reading Gribbin John E.: Introduction To Hydraulics & Hydrology, Delmar Cengage Learning, 3th ed., 2006; Gupta Ram S.: Hydrology and Hydraulic Systems, Waveland Pr Inc,3th ed., 2007; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kozłowski Wojciech, w.kozlowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Design Work-Individual Project 2. Course code 3. Form of class B019 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Physics, English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Knowledge about hydraulics and hydrology in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program Individual project of dam.

14. Assessment methods Graded project.

15. Recommended reading Gribbin John E.: Introduction To Hydraulics & Hydrology, Delmar Cengage Learning, 3th ed., 2006;Gupta Ram S.: Hydrology and Hydraulic Systems, Waveland Pr Inc,3th ed., 2007; Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kozłowski Wojciech, w.kozlowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fluid Mechanics 2. Course code 3. Form of class B020 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Physics, English (the first certificate/FCE level) 12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge about fluid mechanics in an aspect of civil engineering 13. Teaching program Hydrostatic pressure. Hydrostatic pressure on the flat and curved surfaces. Buoyancy.

Equilibrium of bodies submerged. The conditions of equilibrium of floating bodies. The movement of liquid. The viscosity of the liquid. Bernoulli's equation for a fluid stream of perfect and real. Bleed and hydraulic drop. Laminar and turbulent motion. Flow under pressure.

Resistance movement. Pipelines, siphon and traps. Movement in open troughs. Energy self (internal). Hydraulic jump, its form and length. Damming. Transfers of a sharp edge (thin wall) non sunk and sunk. Transfers of practical shapes. Spillways (without vacuum). Transfers with a wide crown. Calculating the width of the transfer (light weir). Calculation of the accumulation of money transfer. Light bridges and culverts. Calculation of light bridges. Calculation of the culverts. The movement of groundwater. Ditches and wells. Drainage trenches. Types of drainage. Drainage. Needle-filters.

14. Assessment methods Written examination, graded exercises 15. Recommended reading Gribbin John E.: Introduction To Hydraulics & Hydrology, Delmar Cengage Learning, 3th ed., 2006;Gupta Ram S.: Hydrology and Hydraulic Systems, Waveland Pr Inc,3th ed., 2007;Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kozłowski Wojciech, w.kozlowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Steel Structures 2. Course code B021 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr inĹź. KuĹ› Juliusz, j.kus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Engineering Structures 2. Course code B022 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr inĹź. KuĹ› Juliusz, j.kus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Structural Mechanics II 2. Course code B023 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inĹź. Chmielewski Tadeusz, t.chmielewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Individual Project Design 2. Course code B024 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr inĹź. KuĹ› Juliusz, j.kus@po.opole.pl

Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatic Contol and Informatics 31 Sosnkowskiego str., 45-272 Opole, Poland phone: (+48 77) 400 62 43, tel./fax: (+48 77) 400 63 45 e-mail: , http://www.we.po.opole.pl FIELDS OF STUDY - Electrical Engineering; (BSc, MSc, PhD) - Automatic Control Engineering and Robotics; (BSc, MSc, PhD) - Computer Engineering; (BSc, MSc) - Electronics and Telecommunication; (BSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Power Engineering - Materials and Electrical Engineering - Electromechanical Systems and Industrial Electronics - Industrial Electrical Engineering - Electrical Drives, Diagnostics and Industrial Electronics - Robotics and Computer Engineering Application FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Wojciech Radziewicz, PhD; Electrical Engineering, Automatic Contol and Informatics Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatic Control and Informatics came into being in 1966, when due to social initiative - Higher School of Engineering in Opole was established on 1st June. In 2006 the name of the Faculty of Electrical Engineering and Automatic Control was amended to the Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatic Control and Computer Science. The Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Automatic Control and Computer Science seeks to provide an optimum environment for research and scholarly efforts of academic staff members and students in the fields of electrical, electronic, control and computer engineering. The Department offers a wide range of undergraduate and postgraduate study opportunities, both full- and part-time, which lead to the degrees of BSc, MSc and PhD. The BSc and MSc require satisfactory completion of examined lecture courses as well as preparation and oral defense of a dissertation. The BSc and MSc can be conferred in the fields of electrical engineering, computer engineering, control and robotics, electronics and telecommunication and technical science education. The PhD is a research degree, can be granted in the field of electrical engineering or control and robotics, on a basis of oral defense of a doctoral dissertation. Lectures are basically given in Polish, but a bilingual, Polish-German BSc/MSc programme has also been conducted and it is still offered in computer engineering.

Course code E001 E002 E003 E004 E005 E006 E007 E008 E009 E010 E011 E012 E013 E014 E015 E016 E017 E018 E019 E020 E021 E022 E023 E024 E025 E027 E028 E029 E030 E031 E032 E033 E034 E034 E035 E036 E037 E038 E039 E040 E041 E042 E043

Course name Microprocessor Technology - lecture Digital Signal Processors (DSP) Electrical and Electronic Metrology Modern Informatics Technologies ? ActionScript Pro Specialized Programming Languages Power Electronics I Biomedical Electrical Instrumentation Elektrotechnik Teleinformatik Renewable Energy Sources Electronic Circuits Electrical machines Computer and telecommunication systems Graphic Application Programming Optical Fibre Systems Optical Telecommunication Circuit Theory Electromagnetic Field Theory Data Transimssion Development of Advanced Web Application Advanced AutoCAD Advanced signal processing AutoCAD Basics Computer Management Systems Data Mining Digital visualization Electrical Safety High Voltage Electrical Equipment Diagnostics Wind Power Basics E-commerce Graphical Programming Environments Parametrical Drawing in Autodesk Inventor Electric Installations Project Computer Networks Hardware Development in Personal Computers Transmission Physical Support Telecommunication networks and systems I Telecommunication networks and systems II Communication Networks Transmitters and Receviers Microprocessor Technology - laboratory Final Project

ECTS credits 4 4 5 5 5 3 5 8 2 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 8 5 4 4 8 5 8 5 4 8 4 5 5 4 5 8 4 7 8 10 9 3 3 3 6 4 0

1. Course title Microprocessor Technology - lecture 2. Course code 3. Form of class E001 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basics of C language, basics of electronics 12. Objectives of the course As a result of the course student should know how to: characterize an compare peripherials of microcontrollers, use peripherals of MSP430FG4618, use programming environment of Texas Instruments microcontrollers, implement and program simple algorithms for measurement systems.

13. Teaching program Number codes, arithmetic of binary codes, architecture of microcontrollers MSP430 family; central processor unit (CPU), instructions, assembler, cooperating CPU with memories.

Peripherals of MSP430 family; timers, ports, interruptions, LCD drivers. Using internal A/D, D/A converters and LCD. Projecting and implementation algorithms for low-power measurement systems based on MSP430 family.

14. Assessment methods Laboratory: three programs in C language (20 % each) and one project ? (40%); Lecture: one written examination ? (100%).

15. Recommended reading 1. www.ti.com: \Links\ msp430fg4618.pdf, 2. John H. Davies: MSP430 Microcontroller Basics, Elsevier 2008.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Szmajda Mirosław , m.szmajda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Digital Signal Processors (DSP) 2. Course code 3. Form of class E002 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites basics of C language, basics of electronics, basics of microprocessors technology 12. Objectives of the course As a result of the course student should know: main features of different families of DSPs processors, characterizing an comparing peripherals of DSP architecture, using peripheral of TMS320C6713 in signal analysis, using Environment of programming Texas Instruments DSP?s, projecting and programming simple systems for signal processing (filters, generators) 13. Teaching program DSPs processors families, architecture of DSP; central processor units, instructions, assembler, cooperating CPU with memories. Peripherals of DSP; timers, ports, interruptions.

Using external codecs - A/D and D/A converters. Projecting and implementation FIR and IIR filter on DSP (TMS320C6713). Implementation of FFT algorithms on DSP (TMS320C6713).

14. Assessment methods Laboratory: Three programs in C language (20 % each) and one project ? FIR, IIR or FFT (40%).

Lecture: One written exam -(100%).

15. Recommended reading www.ti.com: spru301c.pdf - TMS320C6000 Code Composer Studio Tutorial, www.ti.com: C6713 data sheet: tms320c6713.pdf, www.ti.com: TMS320C6000 CPU and Instruction Set Reference Guide spru189f.pdf, Lyons R. G.: Understanding Digital Signal Processing, Prentice Hall, New Jersey 2004.

DSP implementation using TMS320c6711, TMS320c6713 and TMS320c6416. Texas Instruments teaching ROM 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Szmajda Mirosław , m.szmajda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electrical and Electronic Metrology 2. Course code 3. Form of class E003 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 Basic or intermediat 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites basics of electronics 12. Objectives of the course introduction to the measurement equipment and calculating the uncertainty 13. Teaching program Metrology standards, International standards organizations, static and dynamic control of transducer. Accuracy of measurement, uncertainty. measurements of current, voltage, resistance. A/D and D/A conversion, digital multimeters and oscilloscopes 14. Assessment methods One written exam (50%) 15. Recommended reading Mc Ghee J., Henderson J., Korczyński A., Kulesza W.: Scientific Metrology, Lodart, Łódź Poland 1998 Mc Ghee J., Kulesza W., Korczyński A., Henderson J.: Measurement data handling, Lodart, Łódź 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inż. Wrzuszczak Maria , m.wrzuszczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Modern Informatics Technologies ? ActionScript Pro 2. Course code 3. Form of class E004 Lectures, Laboratory, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 7 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Introductory level course of ActionScript ? the language designed for vector graphic programming ? leading to practical skills of its use 13. Teaching program ActionScript programming language: Core Language Fundamentals, Object Oriented Programming, Properties, Methods, Events, Display List, Timeline, Motion, Drawing, Text, Sound, Video, XML, Programming with Design Patterns 14. Assessment methods Student?s work during problem solving computer laboratories and exam 15. Recommended reading Joey Lott, Danny Patterson : Advanced Actionscript 3 with Design Patterns, Adobe Press, 2006 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kamiński Marcin , m.kaminski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Specialized Programming Languages 2. Course code E005 4. Type of course elective 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 2 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class Lectures, Laboratory, Projects, 5. Semester 7 7. Level of class basic 9. Number of hours per semester 30

12. Objectives of the course Introductory level course of selected specialized programming languages leading to practical skills of their use 13. Teaching program Python programming language: types and operators, statements and syntax, functions, modules, text and binary files, databases, Python?s support for regular expressions, graphical user interface(wxPython), Python extensions: VPython, Numerical Python, etc.

LaTeX ? document preparation system: input files, layout of the document, typesetting text, international language support, environments, typesetting mathematical formulae, inserting graphics, presentation tools (beamer).

ImageMagick ? image processing environment: basic and advanced image transformations, using drawing commands, image conversions, batch processing 14. Assessment methods Student?s work during problem solving computer laboratories and written exam 15. Recommended reading a)Mark Lutz: Learning Python, O?Reilly Media Inc., 2007 b)Leslie Lamport: LaTeX ? A Document Preparation System, Addison-Wesley, 1994. c)Michael Still: The Definitive Guide to ImageMagick, Apress, 1005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kamiński Marcin , m.kaminski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Power Electronics I 2. Course code 3. Form of class E006 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Analyse of simple electric circuits. Base knowledge about differential equations and methods of solving them.

12. Objectives of the course To enhance knowledge and understanding of power electronic converters and their application in power electronic systems. To provide students with the skills and techniques necessary to analyse and synthesise power electronic circuits utilising modern power electronic devices.

13. Teaching program ? Fundamentals of current conduction in solids, semiconductors structure. ? Semiconductor components: semiconductor diodes, thyristors, field-effect transistors and insulated gate bipolar transistors. ? Line-commutated rectifiers: system components for rectification, single-pulse rectifier with resistive and inductive loads, current and voltage value. Two-pulse rectifier, centres tap and bridge in rectifier and inverter operation. Three-pulse rectifier end six-pulse rectifier. ? Operational behaviour of line-commutated rectifiers: operation and power chart, active power, apparent power and reactive power; power charts, harmonic analysis. ? Self-controlled converter. The function of choppers end self-controlled inverters (inverter with voltage source link and inverter with current source link) are explained.

14. Assessment methods Lectures provide core material and guidance for further reading. Problems solving is introduced through lectures and practiced during private study. Students? grades are based on their solution of problems and subsequent discussion thereon.

15. Recommended reading Power Electronics - Converters Applications and Design Author: Mohan, T M Undeland and WP Robbins; Notes: Wiley 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Beniak Ryszard , r.beniak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Biomedical Electrical Instrumentation 2. Course code 3. Form of class E007 Lectures, Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic Electronics 12. Objectives of the course The course will give students the fundamental knowledge of biomedical electrical measurements for human subjects. Lectures will provide theoretical knowledge on origin and basic features of bioelectrical signals and methods of their measurements. In biomedical electronic laboratory students will measure typical bioelectric signals on the human body e.g.

ECG, EMG or EEG. 13. Teaching program ?Introduction to Medical instrumentation ?Physiology Basics, Cell structure, control nervous system, origin of the bioelectric events. ?Bioelectric signals and their characteristics, electrodes in bioinstrumentation. Skin structure. ?Measurement of bio-potential. Instrumentation amplifiers, filters, amplifiers, A/D converters, basic schematics ?Electrocardiography. Heart anatomy and physiology. Electrical activity of the heart. Typical ECG schematics. ?Electromiography, motoneurons, EMG signal characteristics, Electrodes in EMG, basic EMG schematics ?Electroencephalography, Characteristics of EEG signals. Brain waves. Basic EEG monitor schemes. Passive and active Electrodes ?Electrooculography and Electroretinography. Eye muscles. Eye movement recordings. ERG electrodes, Multi-focal ERG. ?Non-electrical Bio-signal Instrumentation. Typical transducers (inductive, resistive, capacitive, chemical, piezoelectric).

14. Assessment methods oral discussion, multiple choice test, experimental work documentation 15. Recommended reading R.S. Khandpur, Handbook of biomedical Instrumentation J. W. Webster, Medical Instrumentation: Application and Design R.S. Khandpur, Modern Electronics Equipment L. Cromwell, Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurements J. Perkstein, Introduction to Biomedical Electronics J. D. Bronzino, The Biomedical Engineering B. Christe, Introduction to Biomedical Instrumentation 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inş. Zmarzły Dariusz , d.zmarzly@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Elektrotechnik 2. Course code 3. Form of class E008 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction German 11. Prerequisites Grundkenntnisse der höheren Mathematik, die durch den parallelen Besuch der Lehrveranstaltung Mathematik erworben werden können. Grundlagen der Physik.

12. Objectives of the course Die Studenten sollen in der Lage sein: Gleichstrom- und Wechselstromnetzwerke bei sinusförmigen Anregung für den stationären Fall mit verschiedenen Methoden und energietechnische Netzwerke und Ausgleichsvorgänge bei linearen Netzwerken zu berechnen. Sie sollen auch in der Lage sein die Leitungstheorie sowie die Elektromagnetische Feldtheorie auf praktische Probleme anzuwenden.

13. Teaching program Grundbegriffe der Elektrotechnik: Elektrische Stromstärke, elektrische Spannung, Ohmscher Widerstand und Leitwert, elektrische Leistung, Erzeuger- und Verbraucherbepfeilung.

Grundgesetze der elektrischen Kreise: Kirchhoffsche Sätze, Ohmsches Gesetz, Superpositionsprinzip usw.

Reihen- und Parallelschaltung, Stern- und Dreieckschaltung von Widerständen.

Aktive lineare Zweipole: Ideale Spannungsquelle, Ersatz-Spannungsquelle, ideale Stromquelle, Ersatz-Stromquelle, Äquivalenz von Zweipolen, Leistung von Zweipolen, Leistungsanpassung.

Berechnung linearer elektrischer Gleichstromnetzwerke: Netzwerkumformungen, Ersatzquellenverfahren, Maschenstromverfahren, Knotenspannungsverfahren.

Berechnung nichtlinearer elektrischer Netzwerke.

Grundbegriffe der Wechselstromtechnik.

Darstellung sinusförmiger Wechselgrö?en: Liniendiagramm, Zeigerdiagramm, Bode-Diagramm.

Ideale lineare passive Zweipole bei sinusförmiger Erregung.

Reale lineare passive Zweipole und ihre Ersatzschaltungen bei sinusförmiger Zeitabhängigkeit von Spannungen und Stromstärken.

Berechnung der linearen, passiven Wechselstromnetzwerke, Anwendung der komplexen Zahlen. Methoden wie bei dem Gleichstrom. ? Vierpole und elektrische Filter. ? Dreiphasensysteme (Grundlagen). ? Nichtsinusförmige Erregungen, Fourierreihe, Fouriertransformation , Methoden zur Berechnung, Leistung bei nichtsinusförmiger Erregung. ? Ausgleichsvorgänge mit sprungförmiger und sinusförmiger Anregung, Verhalten der Grundelemente. ? Klassisches Analyseverfahren, Aufstellender Netzwerk-Differentialgleichung in linearen Netzwerken. ? Laplace-Transformation und ihre Anwendung zur Berechnung der Ausgleichsvorgänge. ? Elementare Begriffe elektrischer und magnetischer Felder. ? Feldtheorie-Gleichungen in Integral- und Differentialform. ? Anwendung der Feldtheorie (Ausgewählte Probleme).

14. Assessment methods Leistungsnachweis: Übungen: 2 Klausuren (90 min) Vorlesung: Schriftliche und mündliche Prüfung.

Während der schriftlichen Prüfung 5 Rechenaufgaben in der Zeit von 90 min.

Laborversuche: 6 schriftliche Versuchsbeschreibungen nach vorgegebenen Form.

15. Recommended reading a)Ose R.: Elektrotechnik für Ingenieure 1. Fachbuchverlag Leipzig 2001 ISBN 3-446-21658-8 b)Paul R., Paul S.: Repetitorium Elektrotechnik Elektromagnetische Felder, Netzwerke, Systeme. Springer Lehrbuch 1995 ISBN 3-540-57003-9 c)Paul R., Paul S.: Arbeitsbuch zur Elektrotechnik 1. Springer-Lehrbuch 1996 ISBN 3-540-59484-1 d)Paul R., Paul S.: Arbeitsbuch zur Elektrotechnik 2. Springer-Lehrbuch 1996 ISBN 3-540-59485-X e)Mattes H.: Übungskurs Elektrotechnik 1 Felder und Gleichstrom-netze. Springer-Lehrbuch 1992 ISBN 3-540-55701-6 f)Mattes H.: Übungskurs Elektrotechnik 2 Wechselstromrechnung.Springer-Lehrbuch 1992 ISBN 3-540-55776-8 g) Georg O.: Elektromagnetische Felder und Netwerke Anwendungen in Mathcad und PSpice.

Springer 1999 ISBN 3-540-65587-5 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Przytulski Andrzej , a.przytulski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Teleinformatik 2. Course code 3. Form of class E009 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 grundlegend 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction German 11. Prerequisites Kenntnisse der höheren Mathematik und Physik sowie der Elektrotechnik und Elektronik 12. Objectives of the course Die Studenten sollen in der Lage sein: Eine vollständige Lichtwellenleiter-Übertragungsstrecke zu berechnen. (Parameter der optischen Sender und Empfänger, des Lichtwellenleiters, optischer Verstärker, Modulationund Demodulationsanlagen usw.)

13. Teaching program ? Grundlegende Definitionen und Begriffe der Teleinformatik. ? Analog- und Digitalübertragungskanal. Verzerrungen und Störungen der Signale. ? Kodierung und Dekodierung der Information. Modulation und Demodulation und ihre Arten. Übertragungsmedium. Aufbau der Kabel- und Funkverbindungen.

Datenkompression, Qualität der Übertragung, Durchlässigkeit des Kanals.

Mehrfache Ausnutzung des Kanals TDM, FDM, WDM usw.

Entgegenwirkungen der Übertragungsstörungen.

Kommutation der Verbindungen und Kommutation der Informationsflusses.

Aufbau des digitalen Übertragungsnetzes (Telekommunikationsnetzes).

Beschreibung der Eigenschaften von Phonie- und Videosignalen.

Lichtwellenleiter in Kommunikationssystemen.

Eigenschaften von Lichtwellenleitern. Dispersion und ihre Arten, Dämpfung.

Optische Sender und Empfänger.

Modulation und Kodierung in den Lichtwellenleitersystemen.

Entwurf einer Lichtwellenleiterübertragungsstrecke.

Optische DWDM und WDM Systeme.

14. Assessment methods Seminar: 1 Klausur (45 min) Vorlesung: Schriftliche Arbeit in Projektform 15. Recommended reading a)Bladau W.: Halbleiter-Optoelektronik. Carl Hanser Verlag 1995 ISBN 3-446-17712-4 b)Entsprechende Internetseiten zum Beispiel: http://www.om.tu-harburg.de/ Optische Komunikationstechnik 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Przytulski Andrzej , a.przytulski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Renewable Energy Sources 2. Course code 3. Form of class E010 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about the electric energy production.

Basic knowledge of electrical industry.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a detail knowledge about the methods of eclectic energy production coming form renewable sources.

The graduate can estimate the economic efficiency of eclectic energy production coming form renewable sources.

13. Teaching program 1.Introduction to renewable energy sources.

2.Renewable and not renewable energy.

3.Large wind power plants.

4.Small wind power plants.

5.Photovoltaic energy.

6.Hydroelectric power plants.

7.Bio gasworks.

Efficiency of eclectic energy production.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading Ackermann T.: Wind Power in Power Systems, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm 2005, Danish Energy Agency: Energy 21: The Danish Government?s Action Plan, DEA, U.S. Department of Energy, International Energy Outlook 2003, Energy Information Administration, Washington DC. RETScreen: Pre-feasibility Analysis Software, CANMET Energy Diversification Research Laboratory (CEDRL), Canada 2000.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electronic Circuits 2. Course code E011 4. Type of course elective 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 2 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class Lectures, Laboratory, 5. Semester 4 7. Level of class basic 9. Number of hours per semester 30

12. Objectives of the course Introduction to the analog and digital circuits 13. Teaching program Voltage transfer fuction, voltage amplifier with transistors and OA, sinus oscillators.

Comparators, astable, monostable and bistable circuits, Schmitt triggers, digital electronic circuits 14. Assessment methods One written exam (50%) 15. Recommended reading Lectures notes.

Alexander Ch., Sadiku M.: Fundamentals of Electronic Circuits, Mc Graw ? Hill 2004.

Hayes J.: Introduction to Digital Logic Design, Addison Wesley 1993.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. Wrzuszczak Maria , m.wrzuszczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electrical machines 2. Course code 3. Form of class E012 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Core mathematics, Circuit theory 12. Objectives of the course Making student competent to understand basic mechanisms of energy conversion (generation of voltage, force and torque, efficiency and losses) and to be able to apply them to solve basic problems like single-phase transformer design, predictions of performance for certain electrical machines such as DC machines or induction machines. Also, to understand the basic principles of control of electrical machines.

13. Teaching program Lectures: 1. Physics of magnetic materials: magnetic steels, ferrites and permanent magnets, basic equations in magnetics, magnetic quantities and units; 2. Equivalent magnetic circuits, formulation and solution of equations using computers with applications; 3. AC currents, eddy currents, forces and losses; 4. DC machines: series and shunt machines, permanent magnet machines, principle of operation, basic configurations, winding topologies of DC machines, mechanical characteristics, efficiency and losses, dynamic performance of a DC motor, basic methods of control; 5. Three-phase induction motors: rotating field, principle of operation, wound rotors and cage rotors, basic three-phase sinusoidal winding configuration, characteristics, Kloss equation, starting torque, critical torque, dynamic performance of induction motor, basic concepts of control; 6. Special induction machines: solid rotor motors, single-phase machine: pulsating field, capacitor start/run, shaded-pole motor 7. Synchronous machines: configurations and principle of operation of motors and generators, applications, stability and control of synchronous motors, control of synchronous generator, V-curves, permanent magnet synchronous machines; 8. Brushless motors: PM-BLDC motors: principle of operation and control, basic configurations, switched reluctance motor: principles of operation and control; 9. Drive systems: applications of machines, stepper motors and servos, goals and principles of closed-loop control.

Classes: 1. Fundamentals of magnetic circuit analysis: nodal analysis (magnetic potential -based) and loop analysis (magnetic flux-based) of magnetic circuits, circuits containing gaps with linear materials, introduction of nonlinearity, handling nonlinearity in magnetic circuit analysis, application of computers; 2. Determination of inductances and losses using magnetic equivalent magnetic circuits, application of computer analysis, self-, mutual-,magnetizing- and leakage inductance; 3. Transformers:calculation of equivalent circuit parameters, using experiments to determine equivalent circuit parameters, obtaining characteristics; 4. DC machines: calculation of static characteristics of shunt-type and permanent-magnet machine from basic relations; 5. Three-phase induction machines: using Kloss formula to compute slip for the given load, computing currents and torque; 6. Use of phasor diagrams in the analysis of synchronous machines; 7. Use of equations of DC machine in the analysis of a PM-BLDC motor, prediction of characteristics of PM-BLDC motor, using computer simulation to analyze operation of PM-BLDC and Switched reluctance motor, influence of commutation angle.

14. Assessment methods Lectures: written exam Classes: grades from home works (40%), final project (60%) 15. Recommended reading Fitzgerald A.E et al.: Electic machinery, McGraw-Hill, 2005.

Sen P.C: Principles of electrical machines and power electronics, Willey, 1996.

Wildi T: Electrical machines, drives and power systems, Prentice Hall, 2005.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Jagieła Mariusz , m.jagiela@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer and telecommunication systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class E013 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in electrical engineering 12. Objectives of the course Student has basic knowledge about modern computer and telecommunication systems, can connect electronic circuits according diagrams, know basic rules of wireless transmission, know basic elements used in telecommunication and their principles of operation.

13. Teaching program Develop of the computer and telecommunication systems, classic and wireless communication, telecommunication systems, mobile phone communication, computer systems (GPS) 14. Assessment methods Lecture: oral exam Laboratory: marks given after each exercise 15. Recommended reading Electronic parts catalogues Horowitz P, Hill W.: The art of electronics Norris M.: Communications Technology Explained Haykin S.:Communication systems 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Dulas Janusz , j.dulas@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Graphic Application Programming 2. Course code 3. Form of class E014 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic skills in programming 12. Objectives of the course Introductory level course of image processing in C++ programming language leading to practical skills of creating image processing procedures.

13. Teaching program ?Becoming familiar with QT4 development environment ?The class definition used in image processing procedures ?Simple and advanced image processing procedures 14. Assessment methods Student?s work during problem solving computer laboratories and written exam 15. Recommended reading D. Phillips; Image Processing in C: Analyzing and Enhancing Digital Images, RandD Publications, 1994. (http://homepages.inf.ed.ac.uk/rbf/BOOKS/PHILLIPS/) Huiyu Zhou, Jiahua Wu, Jianguo Zhang: Digital Image Processing: Part I (http://bookboon.com/en/textbooks/it-programming/digital-image-processing-part-one) 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Kamiński Marcin , m.kaminski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Optical Fibre Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class E015 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of optics, electronics, quantum electronics and communication systems, data transmission 12. Objectives of the course The course content is knowledge of fibre-optical components and systems. Aims of the course are: fundamentals of optical fibres, optical sources and receivers, active and passive elements of networks, optical telecommunications systems and sensor systems. This course provides the student with the essential knowledge in optical fibres, optical communication and measurement sensor systems.

13. Teaching program Optical fibres: glass and plastic fibres, attenuation, wavelength dispersion, polarisation, birefringence, polarisation maintaining fibres, polarisation crosstalk, fibre couplers, isolators.

Fibre Bragg Gratings: Bragg gratings, grating response, dispersion compensation. Integrated optical devices: Mach-Zehnder interferometers, arrayed waveguide gratings, WDM filters, electrooptic modulators, photonics crystals. Optical amplifiers: semiconductor laser amplifiers, erbium doped fibre amplifiers. LED and laser diodes, single-mode lasers, narrow line width lasers, tunable lasers. PIN diode, avalanche diode, responsively, bandwidth, noise. Systems: analogue and digital transmission, link power budget, dynamic range, system bandwidth, direct detection systems, dispersion limitations, attenuation limitations, additive noise, signal dependent noise, bit error rate, soliton systems, coherent systems, optical networks. Video transmission, RF Photonic Systems, system requirements, optical modulators, RF conversion gain, link power budget, dynamic range. Optical communication networks and MAN, LAN and Home applications. Optical fibre sensors and sensor networks and their application. Optical computer interconnection (short and long distance).

14. Assessment methods Written test exam, individual seminar/project 15. Recommended reading G. Einarsson, Principles of Lightwave Communications, John Wiley, 1996 D.K. Mynbaev and L.L. Scheiner, Fiber-Optic Communications Technology, Prentice Hall, 2001 G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, (3rd ed.), McGraw Hill, 2000 J. Dakin, B. Culshaw, Optical Fiber Sensors, Artech House, Vol. I-IV, 1988-1999.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Szczot Feliks , f.szczot@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Optical Telecommunication 2. Course code 3. Form of class E016 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of optics, electronics, quantum electronics and communication systems, data transmission 12. Objectives of the course The course content is knowledge of fibre-optical components and systems. Aims of the course are: fundamentals of optical fibres, optical sources and receivers, active and passive elements of networks and optical telecommunications systems. This course provides the student with the essential knowledge in optical fibres and optical communication systems.

13. Teaching program Optical fibres: single-mode and multi-mode fibres, glass and plastic fibres, attenuation, wavelength dispersion, polarisation, birefringence, polarisation maintaining fibres, polarisation crosstalk, fibre couplers, isolators. Fibre Bragg Gratings: Bragg gratings, grating response, dispersion compensation. Integrated optical devices: Mach-Zehnder interferometers, arrayed waveguide gratings, WDM filters, electrooptic modulators, photonics crystals. Optical amplifiers: semiconductor laser amplifiers, erbium doped fibre amplifiers. Advanced LED and laser diodes, single-mode lasers, narrow linewidth lasers, tunable lasers. Detectors: PIN diode, avalanche diode, responsivity, bandwidth, noise. Systems: analogue and digital transmission (data transmission), link power budget, dynamic range, system bandwidth, direct detection systems, dispersion limitations, attenuation limitations, additive noise, signal dependent noise, bit error rate, soliton systems, coherent systems, optical networks. Video transmission, RF Photonic Systems, system requirements, optical modulators, RF conversion gain, link power budget, dynamic range. Free space optical communication and WAN, MAN, LAN and Home applications.

14. Assessment methods Written test exam, individual seminar/project 15. Recommended reading G. Einarsson, Principles of Lightwave Communications, John Wiley, 1996 D.K. Mynbaev and L.L. Scheiner, Fiber-Optic Communications Technology, Prentice Hall, 2001 G. Keiser, Optical Fiber Communications, (3rd ed.), McGraw Hill, 2000 J. Hecht, Understanding Fiber Optics, Prentice Hall, 1999 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Szczot Feliks , f.szczot@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Circuit Theory 2. Course code 3. Form of class E017 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites The student should have completed the mathematical and physical course. He/she should have a good ability in mathematical problems.

12. Objectives of the course The student could solve the basic problems in the area of electric circuit theory for DC and AC currents. He gets the ability to design simply electrical circuits.

13. Teaching program Unit 1: Introduction The physics of electrical current. Forces and work in electrical circuits. Passive components.

Unit 2: Voltage and current sources Step, impulse, ramp, sinusoidal and DC currents. Ideal and practical sources. Controlled sources.

Unit 3: Linear circuit analysis Voltage and current laws. Node and mesh analysis. Power and energy. Using complex numbers in AC circuit analysis.

Unit 4: Three phase circuits Unit 5: Non-sinusoidal period signals.

Fourier analysis in the case of impulse, pulse and triangle shape currents.

Unit 6: Nonlinear circuits Diodes, transistors and rectifiers.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written essay, oral examination and done project. The essays and projects have to be ready at the end of the semester. The oral examination will be held in February. There will be two dates for the exam. The exam durations will be about 1 hour.

15. Recommended reading Dorf R.C.: The electrical engineering handbook, CRC Press LLC, USA, Boca Raton, 2000.

Laughton M.A., Warne D.F.: Electrical Engineer?s Reference Book (16th Edition), Elsevier, 2003.

Kaplan D.M., White C.G.: Hands-On electronics ? a practical introduction to analog and digital circuits, Cambridge University Press, UK, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Waindok Andrzej , a.waindok@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electromagnetic Field Theory 2. Course code 3. Form of class E018 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 medium/advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites The student should have completed the mathematical and physical course. He/she should have a good ability in mathematical problems.

12. Objectives of the course The student could solve the basic problems in the area of electromagnetic waves, magnetostatic and electrostatic field. He gets the ability to design simply magnetic devices.

13. Teaching program Unit 1: Vector Analysis.

Scalar and vector fields. Gradient of a scalar field. Divergence and curl of a vector field.

Physical interpretations. Laplacian. Nabla operator. Divergence theorem (Gauss). Stokes theorem. Solenoidal, conservative and harmonics fields.

Unit 2: Electrostatics fields.

Electric Charge and Coulomb's Law. Electric field and electric potential. Laplace and Poisson equations. Conductors. Electrostatic induction. Capacitors. Potential energy of a group of loads. Electrostatic energy load distribution. Dipoles.

Unit 3: Electrostatics in dielectric media.

Polarization power. Electric field due to a polarized material. Gauss's Law in a dielectric. The electric displacement. Electrostatic boundary conditions in the homogenous and non-homogenous media. Induced polarizability, dipole and ionic. Electric susceptibility.

Relative permittivity. Electrostatic energy density in dielectric media. Forces and moments in an electrostatic system.

Unit 4: Magnetostatic field.

Biote-Savarte-Laplace Law. Examples. Solenoidal character of the magnetic induction field.

Vector potential. Rotational B. Lorentz condition. Ampere's Law. Field created by a distant circuit. Magnetic dipole. Laplace and Poisson equations in magnetostatic field.

Unit 5: Magnetism in different materials.

Parameters of dia-, para- and ferromagnetic materials. Magnetization. Magnetic field due to a magnetized material. Intensity of the magnetic field. Magnetic susceptibility and relative permeability. Hysteresis loops in ferromagnetic materials. Boundary conditions in vector field.

Magnetic Circuits. Examples. Magnetic energy. Magnetic energy density in linear and nonlinear media. Magnetic hysteresis and eddy currents losses. Forces and moments on rigid circuits. Examples.

Unit 6: Electromagnetic induction.

Faraday's law of induction. Lenz's law. Examples. Electromotive force induced in a moving conductor. Examples. Rotational electric field. Analysis of circuits. Circuit elements.Forced electric oscillations (AC circuits). Coupled circuits.

Unit 7: Electromagnetic waves.

Maxwell equations. Plane electromagnetic waves. Helmholtz equation. Electromagnetic energy and Poynting vector. Electromagnetic radiation spectrum. Electromagnetic compatibility.

Unit 8: Electromagnetic waves in non-homogenous materials Reflected and transmitted waves. Skin depth. Polarization of waves.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written essay, oral examination and done project. The essays and projects have to be ready at the end of the semester. The oral examination will be held in February. There will be two dates for the exam. The exam durations will be about 1 hour.

15. Recommended reading Chen H. C.: Theory of Electromagnetic Waves, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1983.

Paul C.R., Nasar S.A.: Introduction to electromagnetic fields, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1982. van Bladel J.G.: Electromagnetic Fields, 2nd Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, New York, 2007.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Waindok Andrzej , a.waindok@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Data Transimssion 2. Course code E019 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Zygarlicki Jarosław , j.zygarlicki@po.opole.pl dr inż. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Development of Advanced Web Application 2. Course code 3. Form of class E020 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites basic knowledge of computer networks (layers, protocols) data bases (projecting and creating tables, inserting data, building queries to data base), knowledge of creating web pages in HTML language and in script or programming language (PHP, Java, ASP) 12. Objectives of the course The course content is divided into 2 parts. The first part is about essential knowledge about web applications: www services, HTTP v. 1.0 and 1.2 protocols, DNS and proxy servers, methods of web requests distributions needed for creating scalable web services. The second part contains lessons about methods of building web services in particular script or programming languages with using data stored in data base. As script/programming languages PHP, ASP, ASP .NET, Java Server Pages could be chosen. Students could choose MySQL, Oracle or MSSQl data base systems. Each of systems is available for our students as a free software, or software with access through MSDNAA Microsoft Academic Initiative.

13. Teaching program Web Application systems: application level in computer network?s models (ISO/OSI and TCP/IP), history of WWW service, HTTP protocols in version 1.0 and 1.1.

Methods of improving web servers systems: hardware parts improving, creating mirrors, building locally and globally distributed web clusters with web switches. Algorithms of distribution of web requests for web switches working in 4-th and 7-th level of computer networks. Methods of building scalable web services.

Methods of creating web application. Content Management systems (CMS). Content Delivery Networks, applications, methods and algorithms. Formal project of web service, including formal users requirements specification, analysis model (structural or object model, preferred UML model) and project.

Implementing web service with script or programming language with directive MVC (Model-View-Controler).

14. Assessment methods group/individual project 15. Recommended reading Andrew Tannenbaum, Computer Networks, 4-th edition, 2003 Prentice Hall PTR, Upper Saddle-River, New Jersey RFC documents (Request for Comments documents) with specification of network protocols, RFC available on web site: http://www.rfc-editor.org Bachalander Krishnamurthy, Jennifer Rexford, Web Protocols and Practice: HTTP/1.1, Networking Protocols, Caching, and Traffic Measurement, Addison-Wesley, Reading, Massachusetts, May 2001.

Books about script and/or programming languages for building web sites like PHP, ASP.NET or Java Server Pages.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zatwarnicka Anna , a.zatwarnicka@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Advanced AutoCAD 2. Course code 3. Form of class E021 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of AutoCAD 2D. Basic knowledge of computer graphics.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate can create 3D models and renders in AutoCAD, has the ability of using parametrical drawing in 2D applications 13. Teaching program 1.Introduction to 3D in AutoCAD 2.3D solids 3.3D modifications 4.Layer state manager 5.Parametrical drawing 6.Dynamic blocks Rendering 14. Assessment methods The student has to prepare a project 3D model with renders in accordance with guidelines provide by the teacher.

15. Recommended reading AutoCAD 2012 Help Ellen Filkenstein, AutoCAD2011 and AutoCAD LT 2011 Bible, John Wiley & Sons, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inﾅｼ. Dzierﾅｼanowski ﾅ「kasz , l.dzierzanowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Advanced signal processing 2. Course code 3. Form of class E022 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Signal processing basics, Technical computing language e.g. Matlab, Scilab 12. Objectives of the course After the course, the students should be able to know and understand methods of advanced signal processing. Additionally they have an ability to use advanced computing software capabilities in the field of signal analysis 13. Teaching program Unit 1: Introduction. Signal Processing software Unit 2: Advanced digital signal processing theory Unit 3: Signal processing toolbox. Basic functions Unit 4: Examples of signal processing in time domain Unit 5: Examples of signal processing in frequency domain Unit 6: Time-frequency signal processing 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading Digital Signal Processing. Principles, algorithms, and applications by J.G. Proakis and D.G. Manolakis, PHI, 1997.

Digital Signal Processing, A Computer ? Based approach, by S.K. Mitra, T. Mc Graw-Hill, 1998 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inş. Zmarzły Dariusz , d.zmarzly@po.opole.pl

1. Course title AutoCAD Basics 2. Course code 3. Form of class E023 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of technical drawing. Basic knowledge of computer graphics.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate can perform 2D drawings in AutoCAD in order to prepare digital project documentation 13. Teaching program Introduction to AutoCAD interface Basic drawing and modification tools User Coordinate System Layers Dimensions Blocks Viewports 14. Assessment methods The student has to prepare a project ? 2D drawing in accordance with guidelines provide by the teacher.

15. Recommended reading AutoCAD 2012 Help Ellen Filkenstein, AutoCAD2011 and AutoCAD LT 2011 Bible, John Wiley & Sons, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inﾅｼ. Dzierﾅｼanowski ﾅ「kasz , l.dzierzanowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer Management Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class E024 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about functioning of companies. Basic knowledge of management systems.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the differences between computer management systems used in different countries.

The graduate can estimate the possibilities of using chosen ERP system in the company.

13. Teaching program Introduction to the computer management systems.

Data and digital information.

Evolution of computer management systems.

ERP systems.

Analysis and selection proper computer management system.

Computer systems for small and medium enterprises.

Costumer relationship management systems.

Data warehouses.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading Beynon-Davies P.: Information Systems: an introduction to informatics in Organizations. Palgrave, Basingstoke, UK., 2002, Clarke S.: Information Systems Strategic Management: An Integrated Approach, Routledge, 2007, Curtis G., Cobham D.: Business Information Systems: Analysis, Design and Practice, Pearson Education, 2008.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Data Mining 2. Course code 3. Form of class E025 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Principles of data processing C/java language, SQL 12. Objectives of the course After the course, the students should be able to know and understand data clustering concepts and techniques. They have ability to use data mining tools to analyze large data sets.

13. Teaching program Unit 1. Introduction. Data mining principles Unit 2. Data classification methods Unit 3. Knowledge discovery Unit 4. Examples of data mining software Unit 5. Examples of data clustering 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading Han, J. and Kamber, M., Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 2nd Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2006 .

P. Tan, M. Steinbach and V. Kumar, Introduction to Data Mining, Addison Wesley, 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Aksamit Paweł , p.aksamit@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Digital visualization 2. Course code 3. Form of class E027 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of computer graphics.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate can create a digital picture of selected scene. Can correctly define the composition, lights and colors.

13. Teaching program Introduction to digital visualization Software for 3D rendering Image composition Color models Usage of colors in digital imaging 14. Assessment methods The student has to prepare a project ? a rendered image in accordance with guidelines provide by the teacher.

15. Recommended reading Jeremy Birn, ?Digital Lighting & Rendering, Second Edition. New Riders Press 2006 Kelly L. Murdock ?3ds Max 2010. Bible? 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inﾅｼ. Dzierﾅｼanowski ﾅ「kasz , l.dzierzanowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electrical Safety 2. Course code 3. Form of class E028 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic Principles and measurement of electricity 12. Objectives of the course After the course, the students should be able to know and understand hazard in using of electrical equipment. They have ability to uses electrical safety equipment and know safety regulatory and standards 13. Teaching program Unit 1. Introduction to health and safety Unit 2. Hazards of Electricity Unit 3. Electrical Safety Equipment Unit 4. Safety Procedures and Methods Unit 5. Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment Unit 6. Safety Regulatory and Standards 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading IEC60364-4-47 IEC60364-5-5 IEC60364-5-54 Electrical Safety Handbook, J. Cadick, M.Capelli-Schellpfeffer, D. Neitzel, McGraw-Hill 1994 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Borucki Sebastian , s.borucki@po.opole.pl

1. Course title High Voltage Electrical Equipment Diagnostics 2. Course code 3. Form of class E029 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic Phenomena in High Voltage Engineering 12. Objectives of the course After the course, the students should be able to know and understand diagnostic methods of high voltage electrical equipment.

13. Teaching program Unit 1: Introduction. Examples of High Voltage Electrical Equipment Unit 2: Basic Diagnostics Methods Unit 3: Advanced Diagnostic Methods Unit 4: Example of Electrical Equipment diagnostics: On-load tap changers.

Unit 5: Failure detection in High-Voltage electrical equipment (Connection Problems, Overloading, Design Defects) 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading High voltage engineering: fundamentals, E. Kuffel, W. S. Zaengl, J. Kuffel, 2000 High Voltage Engineering, M.S. Naidu, McGraw-Hill, 1999 High Voltage Engineering. Practice and Theory, Vosloo, Wallace ; Holtzhausen, Koos , Sellenbosch, 2008 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inş. Cichoń Andrzej , a.cichon@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Wind Power Basics 2. Course code 3. Form of class E030 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Electrical Engineering Basics 12. Objectives of the course After the course, the students should be able to know and understand the function of a wind turbine?s components, estimate the power production of wind turbines and understand the environment impacts of windpower locally and globally 13. Teaching program Unit 1: Introduction. Basics on wind energy Unit 2:Wind power principles Unit 3:Wind turbines constructions.

Unit 4:Environmental impacts.

Unit 5:Windpower regulations 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading T. Wizelius, Developing Wind Power Projects, Earthscan, London, 2009 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. Boczar Tomasz , t.boczar@po.opole.pl

1. Course title E-commerce 2. Course code 3. Form of class E031 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Programming Languages (basic level) Student should know the basics of PHP programming. Student should has ability to design simply web application.

12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge of ecommerce methods and techniques. Students work in small groups to create part of the typical web application. Evaluated is the degree of difficulty of the task and the complexity of implementation 13. Teaching program Unit 1: Introduction. Basics on wind energy Unit 2:Wind power principles Unit 3:Wind turbines constructions.

Unit 4:Environmental impacts.

Unit 5:Windpower regulations 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading Sullivan D, Proven Portals: Best Practices for Planning, Designing, and Developing Enterprise Portals, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2003 Database Applications, M&T Books, 2004 www.php.net (PHP Manual) Joomla Online Manual 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Tomaszewski Michał, m.tomaszewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Graphical Programming Environments 2. Course code 3. Form of class E032 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Programming Languages (basic level) Student should know the basics of software development 12. Objectives of the course Student could solve the typical programming problems using graphical programming environment. He gets the ability to design simply application in National Instruments LabVIEW environment.

13. Teaching program Introduction - LabVIEW programming environment Tools for programming in G language The control panel and the panel diagram Tools Palette, Functions Palette Control statements Arithmetic Functions Function for strings Input-output functions Graphical presentation of data Final test 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written project. The project have to be ready at the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ?Gary W. Johnson, LabVIEW Graphical Programming, Fourth Edition, The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2006 ?Rick Bitter, Taqi Mohiuddin, Matt Nawrocki LabView: Advanced Programming Techniques, SECOND EDITION, CRC Press LLC, 2001 Robert H. Bishop, National Instruments, National Instruments LabVIEW 2009, Student Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Tomaszewski Michał, m.tomaszewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Parametrical Drawing in Autodesk Inventor 2. Course code 3. Form of class E033 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of technical drawing. Basic knowledge of computer graphics.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate can create a part and assembly in order to prepare digital model documentation 13. Teaching program Projects Navigation Tools Sketch Constraints Direct Manipulation Parts Assemblies Drawings 14. Assessment methods The student has to prepare a project ? 2D drawing in accordance with guidelines provide by the teacher.

15. Recommended reading Waguespack C., Jahraus L.: Mastering Autodesk Inventor 2010, Sybex 2009 Inventor 2012 Help 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inﾅｼ. Dzierﾅｼanowski ﾅ「kasz , l.dzierzanowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electric Installations 2. Course code 3. Form of class E034 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about Electrical connections 12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the Electrical installations in buildings.

13. Teaching program Calculation of protection of electrical equipement Different diagram of grounding The concept of electrical connection and its different form Calculation of the electrical connection of a building Different diagram od liaison installation Protection system against surges and overcurrent Protection against direct or indirect contacts Classification of risk of fire or explosion and different protection methods 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination.

15. Recommended reading General rules of electrical installation design, Schneider Electric 2010, http://www.electrical-installation.org/ 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Zmarzły Dariusz , d.zmarzly@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Project 2. Course code 3. Form of class E034 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about Electrical connections 12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the Electrical installations in buildings.

13. Teaching program Calculation of protection of electrical equipement Different diagram of grounding The concept of electrical connection and its different form Calculation of the electrical connection of a building Different diagram od liaison installation Protection system against surges and overcurrent Protection against direct or indirect contacts Classification of risk of fire or explosion and different protection methods 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination.

15. Recommended reading General rules of electrical installation design, Schneider Electric 2010, http://www.electrical-installation.org/ 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Zmarzły Dariusz , d.zmarzly@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer Networks 2. Course code 3. Form of class E035 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about binary-, decimal- and hexadecimal systems. Student should have ability to make conversion between systems mentioned above. Student could use simple console application (like ping or traceroute).

Basic knowledge of mathematics and physics especially of signal propagation (electromagnetic waves).

12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about basics of computer networks: layers, topologies, protocol and network mechanisms.

The graduate can prepare diagnosis of Ethernet-based Computer Network, integrate data from computer network to solve performance and security problems.

13. Teaching program 1.Introduction to networking: model of communication, network types and topology, network layers: OSI/OSI and TCP/IP models.

2.LAN networks: networks devices, mechanisms. VLANS. 3.Ethernet protocol.

4.Internet/Network layer: IP protocol IPv4, IPv6.

5.How to get IP address: BOOTSTRP protocol, DHCP protocol.

6.Network control protocols: ICMP and IGMP (for multicast).

7.Basics of routing mechanisms and protocols: RIP, RIPv2, OSPF, BGP, IGRP, EIGRP. 8.Transport layer: UDP protocol, TCP protocol with mechanisms (retransmission, sliding window etc.)..

9.Client-server architecture. Application layer and services: email, ftp.

10.WWW services.

11.Internet safety: concepts and policies, 12.Internet safety: protocols, mechanisms.

13.certificates (self-identification, security levels, public and private key, digital certificates).

14.Internet Protocol Security, Firewall.

Web security: web systems and infrastructures.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination (lecture) and CISCO final exam (laboratories) till the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ?Tanenbaum Andrew: Computer Networks, Fourth edition, Prentice Hall PTR, Upper Saddle River, NJ, USA, 2003 or Fifth edition. ?W. Richard Stevens: TCP/IP illustrated, Addison-Wesley Professional, 1994. ?Russel Bradford: The art of Computer Networking, Pearson Education, 2007 ?Internet Assigned Numbers Authority: http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: IEEE 802.3, 2011

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zatwarnicka Anna , a.zatwarnicka@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Hardware Development in Personal Computers 2. Course code 3. Form of class E036 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 10 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about computer architecture.

Basic knowledge about computer science.

12. Objectives of the course The graduate has knowledge about personal computer?s architecture and about the most popular operating systems.

The graduate can determinate the necessary hardware needed for the company according to size and the profile of that firm.

13. Teaching program 1.Introduction to the computer architecture.

2.History of computer architecture.

3.Classification of computers.

4.Structure of processors.

5.Main boards, memories and hard drives.

6.Introduction to the operating systems.

7.Classification of operating systems.

8.Memory management.

Summary about computer architecture and operating systems.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ?John L. Hennessey, David A. Patterson, ? Computer Architecture ? A quantitative approach?, Morgan Kaufmann / Elsevier, 4th. edition, 2007, ?Behrooz Parhami, ?Computer Architecture?, Oxford University Press, 2006, Sachin Kadam, ?Computer Architecture and Maintenance?, Shroff Pub & Dist. Pvt. Ltd, 2010.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Transmission Physical Support 2. Course code 3. Form of class E037 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 9 medium, advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites The student should have completed the mathematical and physical course. He/she should have a good ability in mathematical problems.

12. Objectives of the course The student could solve the basic problems in the area of electromagnetic waves, magnetostatic and electrostatic field. He gets the ability to design simply magnetic devices.

13. Teaching program 1. Guided waves. Longitudinal and transverse components.Classification of solutions TEM, TE and TM. Characteristics of TE and TM types solutions. Characteristics of TEM solutions.

2. The transmission line. Waves.Power and energy. Lower transmission line losses.

3. Theory of small reflections. Multisection transformers. The binomial multisection transformer. Synthesis of lumped elements by short lengths of transmission lines.

4. Circuit theory in microwave systems. Introduction to microwave circuits. Voltages and currents equivalent waveguide. N circuits accesses. Impedance matrix and admittance. Properties.Wave power. Matrix S. Properties. Transmission matrix (ABCD). The vector network analyzer.

5. Analysis quadrupoles. Definitions gain. Input and output impedances in a quadrupole. Quadripoles cascade.

6. Passive microwave circuits. Attenuators. Circulators. Hybrid junction T. The Wilkinson divider. Directional couplers. Branch-Line Coupler. Directional coupler ring.

7. Resonant circuits. Resonant frequency and quality factor.Resonant transmission lines. Resonance series. Parallel resonance.Resonant cavities.

8. Microwave filters. Method insertion losses. Basic topologies. Transformations from lowpass prototype.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written essay, oral examination and done project. The essays and projects have to be ready at the end of the semester. The oral examination will be held in February. There will be two dates for the exam.

The exam durations will be about 1 hour.

15. Recommended reading Chen H. C.: Theory of Electromagnetic Waves, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1983.

Paul C.R., Nasar S.A.: Introduction to electromagnetic fields, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1982. van Bladel J.G.: Electromagnetic Fields, 2nd Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, New York, 2007.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zimon Jan , j.zimon@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Telecommunication networks and systems I 2. Course code 3. Form of class E038 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in electrical engineering 12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the telecommunication systems and networks.

13. Teaching program Architectures and models of reference.

Channels of multiple access and multiplexing.

Networks LAN and WAN. Core telecommunication networks.

PDH, SDH and SONET system.

ATM networks.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ? Forouzan B.A. , Deanza College: Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill, 2007. ?Schiller J.: Mobile Communication, Addison-Wesley, Pearson Education Limited, 2003. ?Tomasi W.: Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, Prentice Hall, 2004. ?Dunsmore B., Skandier T.: Telecommunications Technologies Reference, Pearsons Educations, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pluta SĹ‚awomir, s.pluta@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Telecommunication networks and systems II 2. Course code 3. Form of class E039 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in electrical engineering 12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the telecommunication systems and networks.

13. Teaching program Access Networks.

High Speed Digital Cable Access: xDSL, Cable Modems, FTTX. Wireless Access: WLAN, WiMAX, cellural systems, satellite systems.

Multimedia Networks.

Services and Applications.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ? Forouzan B.A. , Deanza College: Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill, 2007. ?Schiller J.: Mobile Communication, Addison-Wesley, Pearson Education Limited, 2003. ?Tomasi W.: Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, Prentice Hall, 2004. ?Dunsmore B., Skandier T.: Telecommunications Technologies Reference, Pearsons Educations, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pluta SĹ‚awomir, s.pluta@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Communication Networks 2. Course code 3. Form of class E040 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in electrical engineering 12. Objectives of the course The graduate has a knowledge about the telecommunication systems and networks.

13. Teaching program Introduction to communications networks.

Traffic Theory.

Circuit-switched networks.

Signaling in telecommunication networks.

Packet switching networks.

14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student?s work will occur on oral examination and finished project. The project has to be ready by the end of the semester.

15. Recommended reading ? Forouzan B.A. , Deanza College: Data Communications and Networking, McGraw-Hill, 2007. ?Schiller J.: Mobile Communication, Addison-Wesley, Pearson Education Limited, 2003. ?Tomasi W.: Advanced Electronic Communication Systems, Prentice Hall, 2004. ?Dunsmore B., Skandier T.: Telecommunications Technologies Reference, Pearsons Educations, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pluta SĹ‚awomir, s.pluta@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Transmitters and Receviers 2. Course code 3. Form of class E041 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Medium-advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites The student should have completed the mathematical and physical course. He/she should have a good ability in mathematical problems.

12. Objectives of the course The student could solve the basic problems in the area of electromagnetic waves, magnetostatic and electrostatic field. He gets the ability to design simply magnetic devices.

13. Teaching program 1. GENERAL PROPIERTIES OF ANTENNAS 2. RADIATION FIELDS 3. WIRE ANTENNAS 4. APERTURE ANTENNAS 5. ANTENNA ARRAYS 6. ANTENNAS IN RECEPTION 7. TRANSMITTERS. RECEIVERS 14. Assessment methods The assessment of the student work will occur on the basis of written essay, oral examination and done project. The essays and projects have to be ready at the end of the semester. The oral examination will be held in February. There will be two dates for the exam. The exam durations will be about 1 hour.

15. Recommended reading ?Chen H. C.: Theory of Electromagnetic Waves, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1983. ?Paul C.R., Nasar S.A.: Introduction to electromagnetic fields, McGraw-Hill, New York, 1982. ?van Bladel J.G.: Electromagnetic Fields, 2nd Edition, Wiley-IEEE Press, New York, 2007.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zimon Jan , j.zimon@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Microprocessor Technology - laboratory 2. Course code E042 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Szmajda Mirosław , m.szmajda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Final Project 2. Course code E043 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 0 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inż. Zmarzły Dariusz , d.zmarzly@po.opole.pl dr inż. Radziewicz Wojciech , w.radziewicz@po.opole.pl

Faculty of Mechanical Engineering 5 Mikołajczyka str., 45-271 Opole, Poland phone: (+48 77) 400 61 57, tel./fax: (+48 77) 400 63 42 e-mail: wmech@po.opole.pl, http://wm.po.opole.pl FIELDS OF STUDY - Mechanical Engineering and Machine Building; (BSc,MSc,PhD) - Environmental Engineering; (BSc,MSc) - Mechatronics; (BSc) - Chemical and Process Engineering;(BSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Chemical and Process Engineering - Materials Science and Chipless Production Engineering - Mechanics and Machine Design - Thermal Engineering and Industrial Facilities - Road and Agricultural Vehicles - Manufacturing Engineering and Automation - Environmental Engineering FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Małgorzata Wzorek, PhD; Mechanical Engineering Faculty of Mechanical Engineering came into being in 1966 and belongs to three oldest units of the Opole University of Technology. Faculty of Mechanical Engineering conducts six fields of study: Mechanical Engineering , Mechatronics , Environmental Engineering , Chemical and Process Engineering , Agriculture and Forestry Engineering and Food Technology and Human Nutrition.

The Faculty prides on traditionally good collaboration with numerous firms and companies operating in the field of industrial automation and robotics, machinery design, production engineering, material science, welding, casting, PVC processing and production engineering. Current cooperation with industry embraces among others the following issues: carrying out mutual research and development works, developmental and goal oriented projects, participation of firms in delivering equipment and fitting out the research and didactic laboratories at the Faculty, transferring of new technologies from science to industry and from industry to didactics, organizing postgraduate studies for all candidates to raise their professional qualifications, conducting expertise and performing researches in the laboratories at the Faculty and giving opinions concerning the innovative character of undertakings carried out by business enterprises.

Course code M001 M002 M003 M004 M006 M007 M008 M009 M010 M011 M012 M013 M014 M015 M016 M017 M018 M019 M020 M021 M022 M023 M024 M025 M026 M027 M028 M029 M030 M031 M032 M033 M034 M035 M036 M037 M038 M039 M041 M042 M043 M044 M045 M046 M047 M048 M050 M051 M054 M055 M056

Course name ECTS credits Simulation in Machine Dynamics 6 Applied Thermodynamics 4 Wastewater treatment 4 Air Pollution Control 6 Engineering of Reactors 6 Basics of Business Entities Economy 2 Heat Transfer 6 Fluid Mechanics 6 Applications of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 4 Hydrology and Hydraulics 4 Informatics 5 Meteorology and Climatology 3 Pollution Diffusion in Atmosphere 4 Spatial Planning and Urban Design 3 Numerical Method in Mechanics 6 Building Structures 6 Mechanics 5 Machine Design 4 Machine Life 5 Strength of Materials 6 Welding 3 Introduction to Mechatronics 5 Membrane Processes 5 Environment Protection 3 Organization of Agricultural Production and Services 2 Process Engineering 6 Design: Cooling and gas scrubbing removal installation 6 Processes and Technology of Production 4 Fuels Combustion in Industry Process 3 Computer Aided Design 6 Extraction 5 Computational Fluid Mechanics 6 Gas Dynamic 4 Destillation and Rectification 6 Hydraulic Machines 4 Fundamentals of Chemical and Food Technology 2 Multiphase Flows 6 Process Flow Systems 4 Environmental Engineering 4 Information Technology (IT) in Engineering 4 Selected Elements of Process Engineering 6 Water Technology 4 Programming in MATLAB 4 Engineering Vibration Analysis of Mechanical Systems 4 Energy and Economical Analysis and Prefeasibility Studies 4 Technology of manufacturing 4 Environmental Metrology 4 Heating Systems 2 Modern Non-invasive Measurement Techniques for Multiphase 2 Flow Systems Ventilation and Air-Conditioning 2 Energy Consumption of Industrial Processes 4

M057 M058 M059 M060 M061 M062 M063 M064 M065 M066 M068 M069 M071 M072 M073 M074 M075 M076 M077 M080 M081 M082 M084

Electrical Engineering and Electronics Computer Measurement Systems Mechanical Engineering Design Work - Individual Report Design Work - Installation for Solution Production Heat and Mass Transfer Operations Mechanical Operations Mechanics Elements and Machines Design Structural Mechanics in Machine Design Building structures-docks and coasts Machine life Steel structures Structural Design Technology, economy and organisation of building site Computer aided programming of the CNC machine tools Combustion engines Environmental auditing in the industry Waste management Mechanical waste separation techniques Industrial and transport noise control Materials Science Final Project Basic of Automation

5 4 4 6 6 4 4 5 6 6 5 6 5 5 4 5 4 3 3 2 3 0 4

1. Course title Simulation in Machine Dynamics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M001 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective winte 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematical analysis, analytical mechanics, theory of vibrations fundamentals 12. Objectives of the course Mathematical modeling and computer simulation of linear and nonlinear mechanical systems with one and more degrees of freedom using Matlab-Simulink programme 13. Teaching program - Introduction to Matlab-Simulink programme, numerical methods in Matlab, - Differential equations modeling methods using Simulink programme, - Simulation and modeling of linear mechanical systems using general and operational methods, - Simulation and modeling of nonlinear mechanical systems using general method, - Transfer function concept for linear mechanical systems with one and more degrees of freedom, frequency characteristics of the linear systems, - Application of FFT or DFT functions for frequency characteristics determination of the nonlinear mechanical systems, - Movement stability analysis for linear and nonlinear mechanical systems 14. Assessment methods reports written by students 15. Recommended reading a)B.Skalmierski, Mechanics, Warszawa-Amsterdam, PWN-Elsevier 1992. b)J.L.Meriam, L.G.Kraige, Engineering Mechanics, vol.2 Dynamics, 3rd ed. ? New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1993. c)R.Dautray, J.L.Lions, Mathematical Analysis and Numerical Methods for Science and Technology, vol.1, Physical Origins and Classical Methods, Berlin: Springer-Verlag 1990. d)Simulink, Dynamic System Simulation for MATLAB, Using Simulink, v.3, The MathWorks 1999.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Grzelak Józef , j.grzelak@po.opole.pl dr inż. Robak Grzegorz, g.robak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Applied Thermodynamics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M002 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basics of thermodynamics 12. Objectives of the course To improve knowledge and understanding of basic rules and laws of thermodynamics.

To extend the skills of calculating thermodynamic cycles of chosen thermal machines. To get familiar with case studies of thermal machines that are in operation.

13. Teaching program Lecture: First and second law of thermodynamics. Energy balances. Steam cycles.

Steam turbine plants. Gas cycles. Gas engines and gas turbines. Combined heat and power plants. Efficiency. Improving efficiency of the cycles and plants. Exercises: Calculating energy balances of the plants. Working with case study examples. Calculations with Engineering Equestion Solver (EES).

14. Assessment methods Written tests 15. Recommended reading R.K. Rajpurt. Thermal Engineering. Laxmi Publications, 2005 G. Salvendy: Handbook of Industrial Engineering ? Technology and Operations Management, Willey and Sons 2001 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inş. Tańczuk Mariusz, m.tanczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Wastewater treatment 2. Course code M003 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Kłosok-Bazan Iwona , i.klosok-bazan@po.opole.pl dr inż. Boguniewicz-Zabłocka Joanna, j.boguniewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Air Pollution Control 2. Course code 3. Form of class M004 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS, MEASUREMENT AND INSTRUMENTATION, FUNDAMENTALS OF CHEMISTRY, BIOLOGY AND ECOLOGY. 12. Objectives of the course Assimilation and consolidation of chosen information in scope of atmospheric air menaces, and possibilities of air quality control. Students have to be friendly with fundamentals of air contamination measurements. They will give back raise the level of competence in understanding and identifying the phenomena and processes in the atmosphere, which may adversely affect air quality.

13. Teaching program Basic concepts in the field of air protection and air pollution. Description of the atmosphere, air composition, characteristics of gaseous and particulate pollutants.

Characteristics and taxonomy of natural and anthropogenic sources of air pollution. Methods of measurement of gaseous and particulate pollutants in ambient air. Impact of climate variability on the spread of contamination. Dust deposition research. Biomonitoring of ambient air.

14. Assessment methods lecture: exam-test, individual consultations laboratory: active participation under the laboratory, written laboratory report 15. Recommended reading Selected topics from Air pollutants control - prepared at the library of Opole University of Technology.

BOOKS: a) Fundamentals of Air Pollution. Daniel Vallero. Elsevier Inc., 2008 (fourth edition). b) Air Pollution Control Technology Handbook. Karl B. Schnelle, Jr., Charles A. Brown. Taylor and Francis, 2001.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Olszowski Tomasz, t.olszowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Engineering of Reactors 2. Course code 3. Form of class M006 Practice ex., Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics, chemistry.

12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to give information about kinetics of reaction in different type of chemical reactors as well as knowledge about design engineering of different type of reactors. This course will provide hands-on experience in upstream processing and will focus on the selection, preparation, and operation of chemical reactors and instrumentation.

13. Teaching program - Introduction to engineering of chemical reactors - Classification of chemical reaction - Basics of kinetics of chemical reaction - Basic types of chemical reactors - Mass balance for different types of chemical reactors - Energetic balance of ideal reactors - Stationary and non stationary state of chemical reactor - Models of heterogeneous catalytic reactors - Chemical reactor design, optimization, and scale up 14. Assessment methods exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations, seminar: active participation under the seminar, essay (10 pages) or oral presentation of set task, individual consultations 15. Recommended reading a)Materials prepared by lecturer b)The Engineering of Chemical Reactions, Schmidt, Lanny D., New York, Oxford University Press, 1998 c)Chemical Reactor Design, Optimization, and Scaleup, Nauman, E. Bruce, 2002 McGraw-Hill d)The Engineering of Chemical Reactors, Burghart A., T.1. Reactors for homogeneous systems / Burghart A., Bartelmus G.- Warszawa : Wydaw. Naukowe PWN, 2001. - 367 s e)The Engineering of Chemical Reactors, Burghart A., T.2 Reactors for heterogeneous systems / Burghart A., Bartelmus G. - Warszawa ,PWN, 2001. - 353 s. f)Homogeneous chemical reactors, Palica M., Płaczek, M., Witczak S., academic handbook, Opole University of Technology, Opole 2012 g)Heterogeneous chemical reactors, Palica M., M. Placzek, Thullie J., Witczak S., academic handbook, Opole University of Technology, Opole 2012 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basics of Business Entities Economy 2. Course code 3. Form of class M007 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course Introduction to basics and consolidation of fundamental notions and rights in scope of micro-and macroeconomics and fundamentals of investments economic account using chosen industry examples.

13. Teaching program - Fundamentals of economics notions- rarity effect, problem of management, goods and services, resources; - Market, price, demand, supply- market structure, market mechanism, market balance; - Consumer's decisions- rules of consumer decisions, usability theory; - Producer's decisions - production's function, costs; - Market structures- perfect rivalship, full monopoly, non-perfect rivalship; - Chosen aspects of economic account- Investments efficiency, cash-flow, discount, NPV, IRR; - Job market, capital market, ground market; - Macroeconomics introduction; - Circulation of product and income , ways of Groos National Income measurement; - Aggregated supply and demand, macroeconomics balance; - Unemployment, kinds of unemployment; - Inflation- kinds, reasons, measures; - Economy cycle, cycles of economic situation; - Fiscal policy; - Money in economy.

14. Assessment methods Written test 15. Recommended reading a)Economics (a student's guide) John Beardshaw, David. Brewster b)Economics David Begg, Stanley Fisher 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Kuczuk Anna , a.kuczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Heat Transfer 2. Course code M008 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl dr inż. Dybek Barbara, b.dybek@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Filipczak Gabriel, g.filipczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fluid Mechanics 2. Course code M009 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl dr inż. Borsuk Grzegorz , g.borsuk@po.opole.pl dr inż. Spyra Andrzej, a.spyra@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Applications of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 2. Course code 3. Form of class M010 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites There are no prerequisites but some background in computer science or geography is helpful.

12. Objectives of the course By the end of the course, students will be able to: - Identify, locate, and acquire spatial data pertinent to projects in their field of interest, as well as pinpoint significant gaps in or problems with existing information.

- Evaluate the appropriateness of the existing data sources for use in a project.

- Understand the data creation process and create simple data sets and/or add to existing data - Create spatial data from tabular information that includes a spatial reference - Perform basic spatial analyses (attribute and spatial queries, buffering, overlays) as well as linking these methods together in a more complex analytical model.

- Create high-quality maps and associated graphics and text that clearly communicate spatial information and analyses 13. Teaching program - Introduction - GIS Data and Spatial Models - Topology and Spatial Operations - Projections, Scale and Coordinate Systems - Thematic Mapping - GIS Analysis - Cartography - Network Modeling & Surface Modeling - Remote Sensing and Raster Modeling - The Environmental Case for GIS - Data Storage Strategies - Enterprise GIS - GIS Application Development 14. Assessment methods There will be three homework assignments, a group project and two individual final projects.

15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the text below.

Longley P.A. GIS teoria i praktyka; eng. Geographic Information Systems and Science, PWN, Warszawa 2008 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Hydrology and Hydraulics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M011 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Advanced knowledge of mathematics 12. Objectives of the course The primary objective is the demonstration and understanding of the fundamental concepts and processes associated with the hydraulic and water quality design, operation and performance aspects of agriculture and urban drainage systems. Modelling tools will be used to support the design of urban drainage systems (incl. pumping stations, overflows, and other flow regulating structures). The tools will also be used to develop understanding in current pollution problems, and to identify mitigation/rehabilitation measures. In this way, the students will gain a sound understanding of the modelling tools, which can be used to aid decision-making in pollution management, and will get experience in the use of modelling tools through applications within the Integrated Project case studies.

13. Teaching program Lectures/practice: - Introduction - Hydrologic cycle, water balance, precipitation - Evaporation, transpiration, and infiltration - Direct Surface Runoff Stream flow Measurement Hydrographs - Unit hydrographs and design Hydrographs - Flood Frequency Analysis - Flood Routing - Open Channel Flow Principles Uniform Flow and Design of channels - Critical flow and Gradually varied Flow - Roadway Drainage System- Culverts Computer model: CulvertMaster - Urban Hydrology and Urban Drainage Systems - Computation of Storm water - Storm Sewers Design, Detention Pond - Groundwater Flow - Pressure Flows: Pipe System - Pumps and Turbines - Storage and Control Structures Laboratory: - Closed-Conduit Flow: Pipe Systems; Frictional Resistance and Minor Losses; Pipe Networks; Pumps; Water Distribution Networks - Open Channel Flow: Steady Uniform Flow; Flow Through Transitions; Gradually Varied Flow; Rapidly Varied Flow; Discharge Measurements - Engineering Hydrology: Drainage Design; Rainfall-Runoff Predictions; Unit Hydrographs; Design Flood Frequency Estimation

14. Assessment methods 6 quantitative problem sets solved using Excel or similar program, literature review of relevant technical journals. 6 quantitative and qualitative lab reports that build toward the design project and follow recommended writing style and format 15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the texts below. a) Philip B. Bedient, Wayne C. Huber: Hydrology and Floodplain Analysis, Prentice Hall, 2002. b) Mays L.W. Hydraulic Design Handbook, McGrew-Hill, Inc., New York 1999 c) Potter T.D. Handbook of Weather, Climate and Water- Atmospheric Chemistry, Hydrology and Social Impacts, Wiley-Interscience 2003 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Spyra Andrzej, a.spyra@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Informatics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M012 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course Upon completing the course, the students will be able to deal with real-life programming problems. The course will introduce programming concepts with use MS Visual C++ 2008. This course uses many examples to explain the theoretical material, and includes many suggestions for practical use of the C++.

13. Teaching program - Introduction - Hardware - Operating systems - Windows applications - Algorithms applied to engineering - C++ language with use MS Visual C++ 2008 - History, Characteristics of the language, A simple program, Stages of program development.

- Variables - Units of memory, Representation of numbers in memory, Variable types in C++, Variables -Declaration and Usage, Assigning values to variables, I/O -printf(), scanf(), Type modifiers, Type conversion, Overflow.

- Expressions and Operators - Expressions, Operators <Arithmetic operators, Assignment, increment and decrement operators, sizeof operator, Relational, logical operators>, Some standard library functions: getchar(), putchar(), Random numbers.

- Flow Control -Conditions - if statement, Conditional operator, Nested if, switch statement, break -continue.

- More Flow Control -Loops - Arrays and Strings - Arrays, Multidimensional arrays, Strings -arrays of characters, Library functions for manipulating strings.

- Functions - Functions <Definition, declarations, and structure, Using arguments, Exiting the function>, Passing parameters <By value, By reference>, Scope and visibility, Lifetime of variables.

14. Assessment methods Assignments are of two types: labs and homework. Labs are to be completed in the lab section itself, with some write-up afterward. Homework is to be done following the lab section, where practice problems will be discussed.

15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the texts below. a) S. Walton, 1997, Computer Fundamentals, b) D.S.Malik, 2002, C++ Programming: From Problem Analysis to Program design c) Horton, Beginning Visual C++ 2008, Wiley Publishing, inc.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Spyra Andrzej, a.spyra@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Meteorology and Climatology 2. Course code 3. Form of class M013 Lectures, Practice ex., Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Linear Algebra and Differential Equations; Multivariable Calculus; Dynamics 12. Objectives of the course This course aims at developing a sound understanding of the physical processes that influence weather and climate. Students will be able to acquire the basic skills used in meteorology and climatology 13. Teaching program - Introduction; Meteorology and climatology as sciences - The Earth System; Atmosphere and its features - Basic meteorological elements and their climatological characteristics - Atmospheric Thermodynamics, Radiative Transfer; Atmospheric Chemistry - Cloud Microphysics, Atmospheric Dynamics; General atmospheric circulation - Weather Systems; Atmospheric Boundary Layer - Climate Dynamics; Basic climate-forming factors - Climate change; Impacts of climate change - Paleoclimate; Different sources of meteorological data and information - Weather forecast; Climate models; Climate scenarios 14. Assessment methods Formal assessment includes a Mid-Term Test and a Final Test. Both these tests are comprehensive and cover the entire course material up to that date, from lectures, exercises and readings.

15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the texts below.

Potter T.D. Handbook of Weather, Climate and Water- Atmospheric Chemistry, Hydrology and Social Impacts, Wiley-Interscience 2003 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Pollution Diffusion in Atmosphere 2. Course code 3. Form of class M014 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Elementary knowledge on flow and diffusion in boundary layer of atmosphere.

12. Objectives of the course Basic knowledge on the main problems of air pollution, air pollution spreading in atmosphere, dry and wet deposition, chemical reactions and possibilities of air pollution modelling.

13. Teaching program - Sources of air-pollution, air-pollution spreading in the earth atmosphere, - Dry and wet deposition, types of anthropogeneous compounds, - Bases of their chemistry, - Space scaling of air-pollution transport, - Lagrangian and Eulerian models, plume models, - Puff models, dispersion modeling, - Practical application of Gaussian models, - Types of meteorological conditions for air-pollution spreading, - Effects of air-pollution on meteorological processes.

14. Assessment methods Formal assessment includes a Mid-Term Test and a Final Test. Both these tests are comprehensive and cover the entire course material up to that date, from lectures, exercises and readings.

15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the texts below. a) Lyons T.J., Scott W.D.: Principles of Air Pollution Meteorology, Belhaven Press, London 1990 Heinsohn R.J., Kabel R.L.: Soures and Control of Air Pollution, Prentice Hall Upper Saddle River , New Jersey 1996. b) Potter T.D. Handbook of Weather, Climate and Water- Atmospheric Chemistry, Hydrology and Social Impacts, Wiley-Interscience 2003 c) Ramaswami A. Integrated environmental modeling- Pollutant Transport, Fate and Risk in the Environment, Wiley 2005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Spatial Planning and Urban Design 2. Course code 3. Form of class M015 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course The subject extends knowledge from fields of study of land-use planning and urbanismus and is optional in terms of academic specialization in regional economy and public administration. The purpose of the course is to develop a deeper understanding of the processes and actors which determine urban and regional development, and how these affect planning practice. After completing the course, the student shall be able to evaluate and critically analyse planning practice in Poland, Europe and elsewhere.

13. Teaching program - Spatial conjunctions of society development (space and time like essential entities and progress parameters of human society; historical development, current situation and evolutional tendency in global, national and regional criteria, especially in central Europe, spatial consequences of globalization) - Settlement of Poland (structure of residential system, mutual relations of seats; town-planning and building structure of seats, use of territory; international confrontation, especially with neighbouring states; settlement changes in conditions) - Settlement system and towns theory (urbanization, suburbanization, des-urbanization, re-urbanization) - Typology of town agglomerations and towns in Europe and in Poland (factor affecting settlement and town development; tools for purposeful interaction development of municipal system and towns; resident axis and centre seats, "network of towns"; relation between towns and its background) - Function of towns, functional, town-planning and building structure of towns (town like grown organism; urban analysis of towns; zoning and draft "towns of short routes"; town-planning structure of contemporary big towns in Poland and parameters of their parts, morphology of towns) - Characteristic of the main functional components of towns and their mutual connections (a town like place of residence and workplace, resting-place and recreation, centre of administration, culture and education and their operational and town-planning connections) 7) Characterization of "technical" components of towns" (technical infrastructure, traffic roads and arrangements, telecommunication) - Rural space and rural seats and landscape (typology of rural space and rural seats and their functional, town-planning and building characteristics, structure of land and changes in its arrangements and use) - Land-use planning like instrument of regulation development, arranging seats and land and relation to other territorial relevant kinds of planning (relation to territorial planning and developing programs on level of regions and municipalities; territorial connections developing plan corporations and institutions; land-use planning and landed modifications; land-use planning and branch planning - in sector of agriculture and wood economy, transport and technical infrastructure, living and civic equipments and services) - Systematics spatially relevant planning in European union - divergences of spatial planning in Germany and France and land-use planning in Poland, territorial basic informations for cross-border cooperation; information system and land-use planning) 14. Assessment methods Formal assessment includes a Mid-Term Test and a Final Test. Both these tests are comprehensive and cover the entire course material up to that date, from lectures and readings.

15. Recommended reading All readings will be scanned into the course. If students are unhappy with the quality of scans then they are advised to purchase the texts below. a) Gindroz R. The Urban Design Handbook: Techniques and Working Methods, Norton & Company, New York 2003 b) Miller D. Urban Environmental Planning: Policies, Instruments, and Methods in an International Perspective, Ashgate Publishing, Ltd., 2005 c) Adams N. Regional Development and Spatial Planning in an Enlarged European Union, Ashgate Publishing, Ltd., 2006 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Numerical Method in Mechanics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M016 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Prealiminary (basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Mechanics, Strength of Materials 12. Objectives of the course Finite Element Method is part of Numerical Method in Mechanics.

In range of the laboratory, students learn about software programme Femap NX Nastran or Patran/ Nastran while performing projects concerning the analysis of stress and deformation state in different structures and structural members.

13. Teaching program - Introductory meeting. Presentation of the software programme Femap NX/Nastran Stress and strain analysis with the application of Nastran programme - Linear static analysis of a simply supported truss.

- Analysis of a Beam Model .

- Analyzing Buckling for a Bracket - Creating and Meshing a Solid Model - Analyzing an Axisymmetric Model - Plastic Deformation of Rod -Nonlinear Material - Gap Contact -Cantilever Beam - Large Deformation -Cantilever Beam - Surface to Surface Contact -Advanced Nonlinear - Analysis of a Simple Assembly - Thermal Stress Analysis -Mounting Plate - Direct Transient and Modal Analysis -Hinge Model 14. Assessment methods Form of Assessment Laboratory: Continuous assessment of reports (LR) 15. Recommended reading English manuals for all exercises shall be provided 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Lachowicz Cyprian T. , c.lachowicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Building Structures 2. Course code M017 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inż. Łagoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl mgr inż. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mechanics 2. Course code M018 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inż. Łagoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Niesłony Adam, a.nieslony@po.opole.pl mgr inż. Kowalski Mateusz, m.kowalski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Machine Design 2. Course code M019 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inż. Łagoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Niesłony Adam, a.nieslony@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Machine Life 2. Course code M020 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inż. Łagoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl mgr inż. Kurek Marta , ma.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Strength of Materials 2. Course code M021 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inż. Łagoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl mgr inż. Bohm Michał, m.bohm@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Welding 2. Course code M022 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 2 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class Lectures, 5. Semester 3 or 4 7. Level of class basic 9. Number of hours per semester 30

12. Objectives of the course Information to be provided by the lecturer 13. Teaching program Characteristic of welding processes. Gas and electrical welding. Kinds of electrical welding. Preparation of joints for welding. Welding positions and production schedule. Naming conventions and classification of welding processes. Requirements and qualifications (procedures, welders, operations). Quality control. Thermal phenomena and strength of materials. Welding. Functional quality and control, welding machine and plant; Laboratory diagnostic. Welding joints as dual stress concentrators -geometrical and structural. Variation of the structure and residual stresses.

14. Assessment methods test 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inĹź. Ĺ agoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Introduction to Mechatronics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M023 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 2 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic of: mechanics, mathematics, electrical and electronic engineering 12. Objectives of the course Integration of electrical and electronic engineering, computer technology and control engineering with mechanical engineering in the design, manufacture and maintenance of a range of engineering products and processes. Electro-mechanical devices, computer interfacing, real-time operating systems and control systems.

13. Teaching program Lecture: Basic structure of mechatronics systems, Mechatronics concept of design process. Mechatronics systems simulation. Electromechanical, hydraulic and piezoelectric actuators; integrated drives. Sensors. Signals: characteristics, measurement and analysis.

System response. Basic of digital control: P, PI, PID controllers. Stability of the system.

Laboratory: Functional description of mechanics system and their modernization to the mechatronical one. Control system of the step motor. DC motor speed modeling. Measurement and analysis of the signals. Characteristics of the first and second order systems. Step and dynamic response of the system. Digital control systems: P, PI, PID controls.

14. Assessment methods Laboratory report, project, presentation.

15. Recommended reading Information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pawliczek Roland, r.pawliczek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Membrane Processes 2. Course code M024 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environment Protection 2. Course code 3. Form of class M025 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites basic knowledge of ecology, connections between environment and human activity 12. Objectives of the course Assimilation and consolidation of chosen information in scope of environment menaces, and possibilities of environmental protection in many areas of human activity. Ability to find out and estimate some environment menaces.

13. Teaching program Lecture - Law basis of environmental protection.

- Strategy of sustainable development in global and local area.

- Characteristic of environmental components.

- Air protection -main reasons of air pollution (including noise) and ways of protection.

- Soil proptection -main reasons of soil pollution and ways of protection.

- Waste management -kinds of watses, and ways of use and neutralize.

- Water protection -main reasons of water pollution and ways of protection.

- Environment monitoring -aims and scope.

- Methods of environmental-tests taking for analysis purposes.

- Cost-benefit analysis, methods of environmental valorization; - Environment protection in agricultural area.

- Nature 2000 areas.

Other class - Trip to organic farm -ecological education in farm, environmental protection in farm; - Model of ecological activity -waste management company analysis.

- Model of ecological activity -Green-schools activity analysis.

- Model of ecological activity -sewage treatment plant.

- Model of ecological activity -delivery of eco-food.

- Didactic films (x2) and discussion.

14. Assessment methods Test in writing (lecture), making correct exercise (other kinds of class).

15. Recommended reading a) Swanson T., Johnson S. Global environmental problems and international agreements. The economics institution building, Edward Elgar, 1999 b) New tools for environmental protection: education, information and voluntary measures (online free- http://www.nap.edu/catalog); c) http://www.ecosystemvaluation.org/ 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Kuczuk Anna , a.kuczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Organization of Agricultural Production and Services 2. Course code 3. Form of class M026 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 7 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites basic knowledge of economy, management, plant and animal production 12. Objectives of the course Assimilation and consolidation of fundamental notions and rights in scope of agricultural organization, economic accountand services connected with agriculture. The ability to count a financial results and planning of production processes in agriculture.

13. Teaching program Lecture - Fundamental notions used in organization and economics agriculture. Characterization of production factors and farming resources, rationality of management in agribusiness; - Production process In agriculture -basis categories of production, divisions and production s branches, production?s activity in farm, specification ofagricultural production intensity, specialization of production, simplification of production, concentration of production; - Fundamental organization-economics notions of plant production -meaning and specifiti of crop production, structure of agricultural lands and sowing, harvest and yields, crop-rotation, fertilization ; - Fundamental organization-economics notions of animal production ? livestock population, rotation of herd, preliminary and balance of manure, preliminary and balance of fodder, intensity of of animal production; - Economics and organization of work in agriculture -kinds of work, rules of rational work s organization, rules of work statnarization, planning of live and non-live work, work gratification ain agriculture; - Mechanization in agriculture -level of work mechanization in agriculture, index of mechanization, rules of equipment of farms in agricultural machines; - Agribusiness -setting and interstructure, production and trade integration in agribusiness.

Agricultural services - agricultural services organization, agricultural market - Analysis of production processes with special attention financial analysis -farm finalncial balance, account results, index analysiss of account balance, cash-flow.

Other lass - Farm territory -calculation of factors of fields shape. Organization of agricultural land.

Counting of agriculturaal lands structure and sstructure of total area, measure of soil quality; - Counting and analysis of sowing structure, share of plants making the soil more fertile, counting intesity of crop production; - Study of crop-rotation, qualification of fertilization level; - Counting of example of livestock rotation, preliminary of fodder and manure balance; - Countin of work resource in farm; 1. Amortization; 2. Farm economic account - counting of profits and direct surplus 14. Assessment methods Test in writing (lecture), making correct exercise (other kind of class).

15. Recommended reading a) Agriculture and the economy(http://economics.about.com/od/americanagriculture/a/agriculture.htm) b) http://aphg.jhsph.edu/index.cfm; c) Karl A. Fox (1987), Agricultural Economics, The New Palgrave: A Dictionary of Economics, v. 1, pp. 55-62.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Kuczuk Anna , a.kuczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Process Engineering 2. Course code M027 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Dybek Barbara, b.dybek@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Filipczak Gabriel, g.filipczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Design: Cooling and gas scrubbing removal installation 2. Course code 3. Form of class M028 4. Type of course 5. Semester 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Processes and Technology of Production 2. Course code 3. Form of class M029 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Unit operation, chemical and processes technology 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to give the students a practical knowledge on Process Engineering, and expose students to general laboratorial techniques as drying of solids, mixing process and many other engineering processes.

13. Teaching program - Practical application of production technology - Material distribution for level replacement, relations demonstrate, formula of preparation to development, method and techniques in process operations 14. Assessment methods Active perception under laboratory, written laboratory report 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Wzorek MaĹ&#x201A;gorzata, m.wzorek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fuels Combustion in Industry Process 2. Course code 3. Form of class M030 Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics and thermodynamics 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to give the students a theoretical and practical knowledge of fuels combustion in industry processes, additional expose students to general laboratorial techniques of taking measurements of properties of fuels and emissions 13. Teaching program Exersies - Calculations of high heat value and low heat value of solid, liquid and gases fuels.

- Calculations of dry and humidity combustion gas contents, emission levels.

- Complete combustion and incomplete combustion - Energy balance of different boilers - Efficiency of combustion process Laboratory - Definitions of energetic properties of solid fuels: measurement of heat value, measurements of moisture, ash and voltaire matter contents - Combustion process and emissions measurements of different kind of solid fuels, 14. Assessment methods Exercises: Exam-test Laboratory: Active perception under laboratory, laboratory report 15. Recommended reading a) Warnatz, Jürgen, Combustion: Physical and Chemical Fundamentals- Berlin, Springer - Verlag, 1999. b) Niessen, Walter R: Combustion and Incineration processes: Applications in Environmental Engineering, New York; Basel; Hong Kong, 1995.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Wzorek Małgorzata, m.wzorek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer Aided Design 2. Course code 3. Form of class M031 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of informatics and descriptive geometry.

12. Objectives of the course The objective of the CAD course is to make students familiar with professional program systems concerning designing, construction and operation of machines elements.

13. Teaching program AutoCAD software: - Introduction to 2d drafting.

- Setting up a drawing, drawing format, units.

- Working with layers, object handles.

- Basic geometry: lines, rectangle, circle.

- Basic operation: move, delete, rotate, copy, array of object.

- Hatching and fillings areas.

- Dimensioning.

- Printing.

CATIA software: - Introduction to 3D modeling systems - Edition of constructional models - Using sketch, profiles. Basic of geometry creation. Constraint.

- Basic 3D-solid creation functions.

- Model edition and modification.

- Drafting and dimensioning.

- Assembly and constraints.

- Examples of model analysis.

14. Assessment methods laboratory: have all the individual projects accepted 15. Recommended reading a) Materials prepared by lecturer b) AutoCad and CATIA software resources 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pawliczek Roland, r.pawliczek@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Robak Grzegorz, g.robak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Extraction 2. Course code 3. Form of class M032 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics, chemistry, process engineering 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this study is to provide information on extraction process, building extraction columns, their proprieties, activity, and use in industrial processes. Moreover, the aim of this course is to introduction to basic problems of performance of typical technology processes on a large scale, as well as introduction to different extraction types.

13. Teaching program - A Fundamentals - Liquid extraction - Prediction of distribution - Choice of solvent - Gibbs principle - Diffusion and mass transfer for extraction - Methods calculation - Equipment for stagewise contact - Equipment for continuous countercurrent contact - Liquid-extraction processes 14. Assessment methods lecture: active participation under the lecture and exercise exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations 15. Recommended reading a) Rydberg J.: Solvent extraction Principles nad Practice. Secend Edition.Revised and Expanded, World Wide Web, 2004. b) Kislik V.S.: Solvent extraction. Classical and Novel Approaches, Elsevier, 2012.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computational Fluid Mechanics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M033 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Fluid Mechanic 12. Objectives of the course Describe flows in computational method, introduce the basic techniques used to dicretize linear partial differential equations and to analyse convergence and precision of finite difference schemes for initial value problems.

13. Teaching program - Introduction to numerical calculations. Introduction to computational fluid dynamics.

- Navier-Stokes equation. Finite-difference method. Finite-volume method. Finite-element method.

- Application of CFD. 14. Assessment methods Final mark consists of sum of components: tutorials, laboratory, theory for the task and solving exercises.

15. Recommended reading Selected topics from Fluid Mechanics and CFD Programs - prepared at the library of Opole University of Technology.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Borsuk Grzegorz , g.borsuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Gas Dynamic 2. Course code 3. Form of class M034 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2, 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 5 75 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Measurement and Instrumentation 12. Objectives of the course Train students to acquire the knowledge and skill of analyzing different ideal and real gas in isentropic flow. Provide the students with the necessary knowledge and skill to design of compressors, turbine and fan.

13. Teaching program Basic concept thermodynamic and first low of thermodynamic. Second low of thermodynamic. Ideal gas mixtures, isentropic state equilibrium , special state and Maxwell equilibriums. Real gas mixtures , state equilibrium , compressibility, specific heats.

Mass Action Low, dissociation, condensations. One dimensional gas dynamics, steady state flow dynamic equations. Steady state flow energy equations. Euler equation. Sonic velocity and mach number. Energy equations results.

14. Assessment methods Final mark consists of sum of components: tutorials, laboratory, theory for the task and solving exercises.

15. Recommended reading Selected topics from Gas Dynamic and Fluid Mechanics - prepared at the library of Opole University of Technology.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Borsuk Grzegorz , g.borsuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Destillation and Rectification 2. Course code 3. Form of class M035 Lectures, Practice ex., Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics, chemistry, process engineering 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this study is to provide information on distillation and rectification, building distillation and rectification columns, their proprieties, activity, and use in industrial processes.

Moreover, the aim of this course is to introduction to basic problems of performance of typical technology processes on a large scale, as well as introduction to construction of different columns types. The course is designed to be a study of all aspects of practical application of distillation and rectification.

13. Teaching program - A Fundamentals - Vapor - Liquid equilibrium - Binary mixtures - Ternary mixtures - Empirical findings in vapor - liquid equilibrium - Empirical laws of vapor - liquid equilibrium - Continuous distillation - Continuous distillation of binary mixtures - Continuous distillation of multicomponent mixtures - Batch distillation - Batch distillation of binary mixtures - Batch distillation of multicomponent mixtures - Semicontinuous distillation - Semicontinuous distillation of binary mixtures - Semicontinuous distillation of multicomponent mixtures - Continuous rectification (multiple distillation) - Rectification of binary mixtures - Rectification of ternary mixtures - Rectification of multicomponent mixtures - Batch rectification - Industrial rectification processes - Design and dimensioning of mass-transfer equipment - Types of construction - Plate columns - Packed columns - Dimensioning of plate columns - Dimensioning of packed columns - Calculation of continues distillation - Calculation of batch distillation - Calculation of continuous rectification - Calculation of batch rectification - Calculation of mass transfer in packed columns - Rectification columns design, optimization, and scale up 14. Assessment methods lecture: active participation under the lecture and exercise exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations, project: study of rectification column project 15. Recommended reading a)Bagaturov S.A.: Multicomponent distillation and rectification, Asia Pub. House, London 1968. b)Krister H.: Distillation operation, McGraw-Hill Book-mart Press, 1990. . c)Smith C.: Distillation control: An engineering perspective, McGraw-Hill Book-mart Press, 2012 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Hydraulic Machines 2. Course code 3. Form of class M036 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2, 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 5 75 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics, Measurement and Instrumentation 12. Objectives of the course This course introduces the working principles of fluid machines such as pumps and turbines. It is aimed at developing an understanding, from a fluid-mechanics and thermodynamics point of view, how these devices work, performs and can be regulated.

13. Teaching program Introduction to the hydraulic machines. Hydraulic machines types: Turbines and pumps. Fundamentals of turbomachine theory: momentum principle applied to flow through a rotor; thrust on the rotor; torque exerted on the rotor; Euler equation for turbomachines; velocity triangles. Axial reaction turbines. Centrifugal pumps: impeller vanes design; diffuser design. Dimensionless parameters and similarity laws applied to the design and selection of turbomachines. Volumetric pumps: selection and dynamic characteristics.

14. Assessment methods Final mark consists of sum of components: tutorials, laboratory, theory for the task and solving exercises 15. Recommended reading Selected topics from Hydraulic and Fluid Mechanic - prepared at the library of Opole University of Technology.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Borsuk Grzegorz , g.borsuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fundamentals of Chemical and Food Technology 2. Course code 3. Form of class M037 Lectures, Practice ex., Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics and physics 12. Objectives of the course Introducing students to specification of large-scale chemical processes. Transferring, obtaining conditions allowing chemical reaction to occur from laboratory conditions/scale to industrial scale.

13. Teaching program - Processing of natural materials - The technological diagrams - The process engineering of nitrogen - The process engineering of sulfur - The artificial fertilizers - The chemical processing of stone coal - The chemical processing of oil - The dangerous of wastes materials 14. Assessment methods lectures: individual consultations, exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations seminar: essay (8 pages) or oral presentation of set task, individual consultations, 15. Recommended reading a) The Chemistry and Technology of Coal; James Speight; CRC Press; 1999 b) Environmental Technology Handbook; Sunggyu Lee; James Speight; CRC Press; 2000 c) J.R.Couper, W.R.Penney; Chemical Process equipment, Elsevier 2005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Dybek Barbara, b.dybek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Multiphase Flows 2. Course code M038

3. Form of class Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, Seminar, 5. Semester 5 7. Level of class basic/intermediate 9. Number of hours per semester 60

4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 4 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Unit operations 12. Objectives of the course Introducing students to basic multiphase flow mechanisms and acquiring skills for calculating flows 13. Teaching program Two-/ Three - phase flow for gas-liquid and solid flow -map and flow patterns, pressure drop, volume fraction. Flow in microchannel. The thickness of the layer 14. Assessment methods lectures: exam-test, individual consultations, exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations laboratory: active participation under the laboratory, written laboratory report seminar: active participation under the seminar, essay (8 pages) or oral presentation of set task, individual consultations, 15. Recommended reading a) Multiphase Flow Handbook red. Clayton T. Crowe. - Boca Raton : Taylor & Francis : CRC Press, 2006 b) Multiphase Flow Dynamice Vol. 1, 2 Kolev, Nikolay, Berlin : Springer -Verlag, 2005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Dybek Barbara, b.dybek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Process Flow Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class M039 Lectures, Practice ex., Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics and physics 12. Objectives of the course Mastering and consolidating information and knowledge related to pumping issues and practical skills for calculating pressure drop including selecting drop pumping installations 13. Teaching program - The systematic of liquids in rheology - The viscosity of newton and non-newton liquids - The theory of border layer - The pressure drop of flow liquids in pipelines - The selection of the pumps and ventilators - The characteristic of pump work 14. Assessment methods lectures: individual consultations, exercise: active participation under the exercise, individual consultations seminar: essay (10 pages) or oral presentation of set task, individual consultations 15. Recommended reading a) Fluid Mechanics, 2nd ed., White F. M., McGraw-Hill1986 b) Multiphase Flow Dynamice Vol. 1, 2 Kolev, Nikolay, Berlin : Springer -Verlag, 2005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Dybek Barbara, b.dybek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environmental Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class M041 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of waste management, wastewater treatment, air protection. Basic knowledge about different industries and production technologies.

12. Objectives of the course The course presents technologies, installations and equipment for environmental protection in industry. This course gives an insight into the different technologies.

13. Teaching program Characteristics of the production process, localization of industry, production scheme, overview of the influence of different stages of production on the environment, methods and equipment for environmental protection in industry, methods and equipment for environmental protection in industry during accidents and unexpected events.

14. Assessment methods Project of environmental protection in chosen industry 15. Recommended reading Internet resources, and books, journals in English about waste treatment, wastewater treatment, air protection 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr in偶. Kr贸l Anna , a.krol@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Information Technology (IT) in Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class M042 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3- 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in programming, basic knowledge in computer aided design.

12. Objectives of the course Upon completing the course, the students will be able to deal with real-life IT problems occurring in designer work 13. Teaching program Basic programming problems.

Programming in common languages used in engineering.

Calculations and plotting.

The use of information technology in engineering.

Common IT problems in engineering 14. Assessment methods Report, project 15. Recommended reading 1. Getting Started with MATLAB, version 6, The MathWorks 2.INTRODUCTION TO SCILAB, http://www.scilab.org/content/download/247/1702/file/introscilab.pdf 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Selected Elements of Process Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class M043 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 4th or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mechanical Engineering or Environmental and Process Engineering programme 12. Objectives of the course Profile of this lecture comes to know the some chosen elements of process engineering connected with multiphase fluids flow processes and equipments.

13. Teaching program - Two-phase flow (8 hours): nature and general application of multiphase flow (2), gas-liquid flow -flow patterns and pressure drop (2), liquid-liquid flow -flow patterns and pressure drop (1), liquid-liquid-gas flow -flow patterns and pressure drop (1), multiphase fluids flow -transport in pipes (2); - Two-phase flow processes (14 hours): pool and convective boiling -heat transfer mechanism (4), flow boiling and evaporation -water and others liquids (4), heat transfer coefficient -the basic method for calculation (4), project and design exercises (2); - Modelling of multiphase heat transfer processes (4 hours): basic equations of two-phase flow (2), the homogenous and separated models (2), - Practice and applications (4 hours): boilers (2), evaporators (2); 14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate 15. Recommended reading a) Hestroni G.: Handbook of multiphase systems, Hemisphere Publ. Corp. 1986 b) Brennen C. E.: Fundamentals of multiphase flows, Cambridge Univ. Press 2005 c) Carradini M. L.: Fundamentals of multiphase flows, University of Wisconsin 1997 d) Wolverine Engineering Data Book, Research and Development Team 2001 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. Filipczak Gabriel, g.filipczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Water Technology 2. Course code 3. Form of class M044 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 Intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course of chemistry 12. Objectives of the course The course presents technologies, installations and equipment for physical, biological and chemical water treatment. This course gives an insight into the different technologies of municipal and industrial water treatment.

13. Teaching program Water quality, water analyses, water treatment process: percolation, sedimentation, coagulation, filtration, ion exchange, aeration, iron and manganese removal, water technology application forms 14. Assessment methods Written test, oral assessment 15. Recommended reading Nicholas P. Cheremisinoff, Handbook of Water and Wastewater Treatment Technologies; The Nalco Water Handbook - accessible in electronic version in our library.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. KĹ&#x201A;osok-Bazan Iwona , i.klosok-bazan@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Programming in MATLAB 2. Course code 3. Form of class M045 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basis of mathematics 12. Objectives of the course Introduction to high level of programming, familiarize with professional tools in data analysis 13. Teaching program - Introduction to Matlab - Array and matrix operations - Variables, numbers - Basic plotting functions - Programming with MATLAB - More advance programming with MATLAB - Images, animation and applications 14. Assessment methods Report 15. Recommended reading a) Getting Started with MATLAB, version 6, The MathWorks b) Graeme Chandler, Introduction to Matlab, Mathematics Department, The University of Queensland, February 2000, http://www.eeng.nuim.ie/~semcloone/Teaching/Matlab/mlb.pdf) c) David F. Griffiths, An Introduction to Matlab, Department of Mathematics, The University Dundee, 2005, (http://www.maths.dundee.ac.uk/~ftp/na-reports/MatlabNotes.pdf) 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. Karolczuk Aleksander, a.karolczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Engineering Vibration Analysis of Mechanical Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class M046 4. Type of course 5. Semester 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr inĹź. Bohm MichaĹ&#x201A;, m.bohm@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Energy and Economical Analysis and Prefeasibility Studies 2. Course code 3. Form of class M047 4. Type of course 5. Semester 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. TaĹ&#x201E;czuk Mariusz, m.tanczuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Technology of manufacturing 2. Course code 3. Form of class M048 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Production and machine engineering. Information to be provided by the lecturer 12. Objectives of the course Main objective of the course is to give the students a strong background in technology especially in the area of machining processes and globally manufacturing of machine pieces.

13. Teaching program - Casting, Forming - Sheet Metal Processing - Powder Metallurgy, Plastics Processing - Basic mold design - Basic information of Cutting Process - Cutting Process Models and Analysis, - Process Planning, - Joining, - Surface Treatment - CNC Machines and CNC Programming - Non-traditional processes - Micro- and nano-manufacturing 14. Assessment methods Project, individual consultations 15. Recommended reading Information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Żak Krzysztof, k.zak@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Niesłony Piotr, p.nieslony@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environmental Metrology 2. Course code 3. Form of class M050 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Physisc for engineers 12. Objectives of the course Provide students the principles of preparation and implementation of measurement, with particular emphasis on measurement techniques and instruments used in engineering and environmental protection. Discussion of specific cases of the measurements.

13. Teaching program Introduction to environmental metrology, pressure measurements, temperature measurements, air humidity measurements, fluid flow and velocity measurements, density measurements, viscosity measurements, noise measurements 14. Assessment methods Written test 15. Recommended reading - Fraden J: Handbook of modern sensors: physics, designs and applications, Springer-Verlag 2004 - Webster J.G.: Measurement Instrumentation and Sensors, CRC Press LCC 1999 - Liptak B.G: Process measurement and analysis -Instrument engineers handbook, CRC 2003 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. ZajÄ&#x2026;c Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Heating Systems 2. Course code M051 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 2 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Zając Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl dr inż. Ligus Grzegorz, g.ligus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Modern Non-invasive Measurement Techniques for Multiphase Flow Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class M054 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fluid mechanic, physics 12. Objectives of the course To present principle of rational use of energy in various sectors of industry and the possibilities to improve the current state of energy consumption.

13. Teaching program Lecture/Seminars: Multiphase flow systems, parameters to measure, invasive vs. noninvasive techniques, classic visualization techniques, major technical milestones of equipment, classification of techniques, selected noninvasive measurement methods: DPIV, PTV, LDA, PDA, tomography, gamma densimometry, correlation techniques.

14. Assessment methods Written test, oral presentation 15. Recommended reading Chaouki, Larachi, Duduković: Non-invasive monitoring of multiphase flows, Elsevier 1997 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Zając Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Ventilation and Air-Conditioning 2. Course code 3. Form of class M055 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Thermodynamic course 12. Objectives of the course Provide students the principles of basic HVAC systems, their design, standards and most popular technical solutions for such systems 13. Teaching program Lecture: Energy conservation and air quality, construction and design of HVAC, ventilation and air conditioning for buildings -methods and requirements, thermal comfort, heat recovery systems, Air conditioning systems -principles of operation, the calculation Exercises: Basics of air flow in channels, Calculations of the ventilation and acoustic silencer selection, coolers and heating pumps, dimensioning of the HVAC systems 14. Assessment methods Written test 15. Recommended reading Wang, S. Handbook of Air Conditioning and Refrigeration, McGraw-Hill 2001 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. ZajÄ&#x2026;c Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Energy Consumption of Industrial Processes 2. Course code 3. Form of class M056 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Thermodynamic course, heat transfer, Renewable energy sources, environmental protection 12. Objectives of the course To present principle of rational use of energy in various sectors of industry and the possibilities to improve the current state of energy consumption.

13. Teaching program Lecture: Energy production opportunities industrial purposes, Analysis of the energy management system of an industrial plant, energy consumption in heavy industry -selected sectors, Rationalization of steam and water boilers, and heat transport in pipelines, Rationalization of heat exchange systems and cooling, CHP units, Recovery of waste energy in industry, Environmental effects of changes in the energy consumption in industry Seminars: Analysis of energy consumption in various industry sectors, Low-energy technologies, Assessment of environmental impact of selected industry sectors.

14. Assessment methods Written test, oral presentation 15. Recommended reading G. Salvendy: Handbook of Industrial Engineering -Technology and Operations Management, Willey and Sons 2001 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. ZajÄ&#x2026;c Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Electrical Engineering and Electronics 2. Course code 3. Form of class M057 Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Elementary knowledge on electrical engineering and electronics 12. Objectives of the course Presentation of basic notions, elements and systems applied in electrical engineering and electronics, skill in recognition of typical connection systems, making simple electric systems.

13. Teaching program Measurements of basic electric quantities and determination of measurement uncertainty. Students learn principles of operation and service of basic devices for electric measurements. Determination of frequency characteristics of typical circuits for alternating currents including RC LC and RL, determination of resonance frequency of LC. Start of simple control systems including relays. Students learn how to read simple electric schemes and how to connect electric circuits. Investigations on rectifier systems - connection of typical rectifier systems and tests of their action and measurements in characteristic points of electronic circuits.

14. Assessment methods Active work of the students on the topics of the classes. Points for the students activity during the classes. Laboratory classes for small groups of people allow to obtain better results of teaching 15. Recommended reading To be provided by the teacher 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. RzÄ&#x2026;sa Mariusz, m.rzasa@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer Measurement Systems 2. Course code 3. Form of class M058 Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Elementary knowledge on measurements and use of computer devices 12. Objectives of the course Presentation of the basic notions and elements of the computer measuring systems.

Typical DAQ and SCDA systems. Typical programming environments of computer measuring systems.

13. Teaching program Acquiring and acquisition of data using measuring cards DAQ. Simple handling of data, spectral analysis FFT, program calibration of sensors. Designing and programming of virtual measuring devices. Programming of simple-programmable devices PLC and configuration of cooperation of these devices with the system of visualization and measurement. Computer algorithms of data processing and their application in measuring systems.

14. Assessment methods Points for the students activity during classes. The laboratory classes for small groups of people should help the students in being experienced in proper application of the devices for electric measurements. Active work of the students during the classes.

15. Recommended reading To be provided by the teacher 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. RzÄ&#x2026;sa Mariusz, m.rzasa@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mechanical Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class M059 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Elementary knowledge on measurements and engineering experiments 12. Objectives of the course Presentation of the basic subject of experimentation. Typical error analysis. Use the typical instrument and system design.

13. Teaching program Acquiring and acquisition of data using measuring cards DAQ. The nature of engineering experiments. Errors of measurement. Typical instrument and system design. Test data checking and rejection and Statistical data analysis. Graphical presentation of data results 14. Assessment methods Points for the students activity during classes. The laboratory classes for small groups of people should help the students in being experienced in proper application of the devices for electric measurements. Active work of the students during the classes.

15. Recommended reading To be provided by the teacher 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. RzÄ&#x2026;sa Mariusz, m.rzasa@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Design Work - Individual Report 2. Course code 3. Form of class M060 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 5/6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Strength of material, Basic of design/Building structure 12. Objectives of the course Project of same engineering constructions 13. Teaching program Project of same engineering constructions. It will be mechanical or building construction 14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inĹź. Ĺ agoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Design Work - Installation for Solution Production 2. Course code 3. Form of class M061 4. Type of course 5. Semester 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Heat and Mass Transfer Operations 2. Course code M062 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Filipczak Gabriel, g.filipczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mechanical Operations 2. Course code 3. Form of class M063 Practice ex., Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites measurement and instrumentation 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to give the students a deeper introduction to the theory of Process Engineering, to acquire basic process engineering knowledge and expose students to general laboratorial techniques related to mechanical operations 13. Teaching program - physical properities of liquid - separation processes - pressure drop - fluidization process - hydraulic of packed columns 14. Assessment methods laboratory: active participation under the laboratory, written laboratory report 15. Recommended reading a) Unit Operations and Processes in Environmental Engineering, Reynolds and Richards, 1996, PWS Publishing, Second Edition. b) Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering /Warren Lee McCabe, Julian Cleveland Smith [et all.], International Student Edition. -3 ed. -Tokyo, McGraw-Hill Kogakusha 1976. -VIII, [1], 1028 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr inż. Pietrzak Marcin, m.pietrzak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mechanics Elements and Machines Design 2. Course code 3. Form of class M064 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3/4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic/intermed./adva 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites information to be provided by the lecturer 12. Objectives of the course information to be provided by the lecturer 13. Teaching program Mechanics of elements. Theory of machines -some chosen problems. Machines design. Fundamentals of structure theory. Fundamentals of fatigue strength and fatigue calculations. Elements of tribology. Joints. Pipelines and valves. Flexible elements. Shafts and axles. Couplings. Brakes. Mechanical transmissions. Operation and reliability of machine and devices. Algorithms of designing. Fundamentals of optimization. Simulation of mechanical systems in machine building -digital simulation. Engineering data bases. Advanced methods of computer-aided designing (CAD).

14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. inĹź. Ĺ agoda Tadeusz, t.lagoda@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Structural Mechanics in Machine Design 2. Course code 3. Form of class M065 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic/intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic of mathematics (high school level) 12. Objectives of the course This course focuses on the fundamentals of structure and designing and bonding that underpin materials science. It is the introductory lecture class for students interesting in Materials Science and Engineering. Topics include: models of materials; materials phenomena, such as creep, relaxation, and fatigue; geometry of the motion and/or deformation of the structure, and conditions of geometric fit, forces on and within structures and assemblages; physical aspects of the structural system (including material properties) which quantify relations between the forces and motions/deformation. Typical case studies: loaded beams, bars, sections, plates and systems. Real-world applications include engineered alloys will be discussed 13. Teaching program - materials used in modern designing - typical structures and loading conditions - typical machine parts, strength of components - other themes prepared by lecturer 14. Assessment methods Writen work, active participation in laboratory classes 15. Recommended reading Hjelmstad K.D.: Fundamentals of Structural Mechanics, Springer Science 2005 Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. NiesĹ&#x201A;ony Adam, a.nieslony@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Building structures-docks and coasts 2. Course code 3. Form of class M066 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 4/5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mechanics, information to be provided by the lecturer 12. Objectives of the course Upon completing the course, the students will gain knowledge about different technologies and technics used in construction of coast and docs structures 13. Teaching program Introduction to civil engineering.

Introduction to building engineering .

Material base in building industry and building technologies Basic parts and elements of building, their mutual weaves.

Structural building's systems - characteristic and principles of the designing, spans and space, module in Civil Engineering if coastal structures.

Traditional wall (brick) structures - materials of the wall systems, structure of support walls, technologies of wall structures, building's stiffening.

Non-traditional wall structures - masonry, brickworks, sandwich walls, concrete walls, physical characteristics of masonries.

Modern technologies used in coastal constructions.

Coastal constructions and its economic conditions.

Project for evaluation.

14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Walat Karolina, k.walat@po.opole.pl mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Machine life 2. Course code M068 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Walat Karolina, k.walat@po.opole.pl mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Steel structures 2. Course code 3. Form of class M069 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 4/5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in Mechanics.

12. Objectives of the course After this course students will be familiar with the subject of steel structures. The students will have an understanding of the behavior of steel elements under structural loading.

Will be able to design primary steel structural elements of a building and their connections.

13. Teaching program Introduction, Material Properties, Design Process.

Tension Members: strength, failure modes, design.

Compression Members: critical strength, compactness.

Compression Members: effective length and design.

Beam: Section analysis and flexural strength.

Beam: Shear strength and serviceability.

Design of Beams; Beam-Column Interaction.

Project of a steel structure.

14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Walat Karolina, k.walat@po.opole.pl mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Structural Design 2. Course code 3. Form of class M071 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4/5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The main objective of this course is to teach students the basic knowledge of structural analysis and design for buildings, bridges and other structures and its practical application.

13. Teaching program Introduction.

Compression and tension structures.

Designing for axial forces.

Forces and forms in beams.

Beam design.

Structural failures.

Loading.

Timber design.

Steel design.

Project for evaluation.

14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Walat Karolina, k.walat@po.opole.pl mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Technology, economy and organisation of building site 2. Course code 3. Form of class M072 Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4/5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mechanics, information to be provided by the lecturer 12. Objectives of the course Teaching students the main issues with managing a building site.

13. Teaching program Starting a construction investment ? basic knowledge.

Regulations on health and safety on a building site.

Different technologies ? different problems (presentation).

Technological requirements and economic conditions in construction process.

Project for evaluation.

14. Assessment methods project 15. Recommended reading information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Walat Karolina, k.walat@po.opole.pl mgr inĹź. Kurek Andrzej, a.kurek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Computer aided programming of the CNC machine tools 2. Course code 3. Form of class M073 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Production and machine engineering. Information to be provided by the lecturer 12. Objectives of the course Preparation of NC program for CNC machine tools basic on the CAM software s (Mastercam, GTJ) 13. Teaching program Theory of CNC machine tools. Type of machining centres. Type of control systems.

CAM software s. Postprocessors. Methods of CNC programming by using simulation software s. Programming by using Mastercam software.

14. Assessment methods Project 15. Recommended reading Information to be provided by the lecturer 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. NiesĹ&#x201A;ony Piotr, p.nieslony@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Combustion engines 2. Course code M074 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Hetmańczyk Ireneusz, i.hetmancyzk@po.opole.pl dr inż. Bieniek Andrzej, a.bieniek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environmental auditing in the industry 2. Course code 3. Form of class M075 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge base in the field of environmental law, selected industrial processes 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to teach students the principles of performing environmental audit for selected industrial plant.

13. Teaching program 1. Overview of the environmental auditing guide including: - the scope of the audit - methods of description an industrial plant - methods for determining the environmental impact of the installation - description of the activities to preventing and reducing installation s environmental impact 2. Performance by the guidelines the environmental audit for industrial plant selectet by student 14. Assessment methods Report or oral presentation of set task 15. Recommended reading Internet resources, books about environmental auditing (especially the guidelines for industrials) 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Ligus Grzegorz, g.ligus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Waste management 2. Course code 3. Form of class M076 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of environmental engineering 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to discuss the principles of modern waste management 13. Teaching program - waste generation avoidance and minimization - selective waste collection - waste recycling - utilization and energy use of the waste - landfill disposal - perspectives for waste management 14. Assessment methods Report or oral presentation of given task 15. Recommended reading Internet resources, books in English about waste management and environmental engineering 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Ligus Grzegorz, g.ligus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mechanical waste separation techniques 2. Course code 3. Form of class M077 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4 or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of waste management and mechanical engineering 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to give students insight into the modern techniques of the mixed municipal and industrial waste separation 13. Teaching program - manual separation of mixed waste in sorting cabins - equipment for the mechanical separation of mixed waste (mills, screens, separators and other) - selection of the mechanical waste sorting technology - comparison of manual and mechanical sorting technology - research and development of mechanical waste separation techniques - study case 14. Assessment methods report or oral presentation of set task 15. Recommended reading internet resources, books in English about waste management and environmental engineering 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Ligus Grzegorz, g.ligus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Industrial and transport noise control 2. Course code 3. Form of class M080 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3-4 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of metrology and theory of machines 12. Objectives of the course The objective of the course is to acquaint students with the methods of noise measurement 13. Teaching program Noise measurements of the industrial equipment (pumps, compressors, fans) and road transport 14. Assessment methods report 15. Recommended reading Instructions provided by the lecturer, books in English about noise measurement 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Ligus Grzegorz, g.ligus@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Materials Science 2. Course code M081 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. MaĹ&#x201A;ecka Joanna, j.malecka@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Final Project 2. Course code M082 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 0 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Zając Daniel, d.zajac@po.opole.pl dr inż. Płaczek Małgorzata , m.placzek@po.opole.pl dr hab. inż. Niesłony Piotr, p.nieslony@po.opole.pl dr inż. Wydrych Jacek , j.wydrych@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basic of Automation 2. Course code 3. Form of class M084 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV and above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamentals of mathematics, Physics 12. Objectives of the course This course focuses on basic automation systems, control solutions and identification methods. Additional computer aided methods of modeling are discussed and used. At the beginning short description of both logic control combinatory and sequential is explained and discussed followed by appropriate exercises made with use of Simulation software. Next, the computer aided modeling of plants and practical aspects of its identification will be explained.

Finally control with open and closed loop is analyzed in context of use P, PI and PID controllers with emphasis on quality of control.

13. Teaching program - Basic control systems - Logical combinatory control - Logical sequential control - Modeling of plant - Identification of plans - Control in open loop - Control in closed loop - P, PI, PID controllers - Quality of control - Adaptive control 14. Assessment methods lecture: individual conversation laboratory: active participation during the lab time, written report 15. Recommended reading a) Materials prepared by lecturer b) Shimon Y. (Ed.), Handbook of Automation, Springer ,2009, LXXVI, 1812p. With DVD.. c) David W. Pessen, Industrial Automation: Circuit Design and Components, John Wiley & sons, Wiley-Interscience; Dietmeyer, dl 1988 d) Kok Kiong Tan, Andi Sudjana Putra, Drives and Control for Industrial Automation (e-Book Google) 2012 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Brol Sebastian, s.brol@po.opole.pl

Faculty of Physical Education and Physiotherapy 76 Prószkowska str., 45-758 Opole, Poland phone: (+48 77) 40 00 405, tel./fax: e-mail: wwfif@po.opole.pl, http:// FIELDS OF STUDY - Physiotherapy (BSc, MSc) - Physical Education (BSc, MSc) - Tourism and Recreation (BSc, MSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Physiotherapy - Biological Sciences - Biochemistry and Physiology - Fundamentals of Physiotherapy - Clinical Physiotherapy - Physical Education - Humanistic Science - Physical Education and Sport - Methodology of Physical Education - Individual Sports - Tourism and Recreation - Culture Bases of Tourism - Geography and Tourism Marketing FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Jacek Soboń, PhD; Physical Education and Physiotherapy Faculty of Physical Education and Physiotherapy at Opole University of Technology derived from the unit of Physical Education and Sport operating in the institution since 1968.

The motto of Faculty of Physical Education and Physiotherapy is ?Physical activity determines man?s fitness and health?. The faculty integrates academic teachers, physiotherapists and enthusiasts of tourism and recreation from all over the region. Students may follow their academic career on 1st and 2nd cycle studies.

In order to improve the quality of teaching, the faculty commenced cooperation with leading medical centers, as well as with scientific companies from Poland and Europe.

The scope of the research involves a wide range of issues and studies on patients suffered from various diseases, amateur athletes and professional players of handball, football, hockey, basketball, and also swimmers, athletes, short track, cyclists, etc. With a special focus on: level of training, adaptation capacity to a physical effort , level of a physical efficiency, ability to undertaking defined level of physical effort , prospect on physical development , studies of balance. Researchers represent various areas of science - biomechanics, biochemistry and specialization - teachers of PE, instructors and coaches. The research conducted in the units has been granted with an approval from Committee of Bioethics.

Course code Course name F001 Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Cardiology F002 Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Orthopedics and Traumatology F003 Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Neurology and Neurosurgery F004 Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Rheumathology F005 Physical Therapy F006 Therapeutic Massage F007 Kinesiology F008 Prosthetics and Orthotics F009 Economics F010 Management F012 Eco- and Agro- Tourism F013 Ecology F014 Biomechanics F015 Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Swimming F016 Methodology and Didactics of Physical Education F017 Theory and Methodology of Team Sport - Basketball F018 Human Kinetics/ Anthropomotorics F019 Theory and Methodology of Team Sport - Volleyball F020 Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Gymnastics F021 Summer training camp F022 Psychology F023 Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Athletics F024 Post-traumatic edema- treatments F025 Disabled sports F026 Practical Training I F027 Practical Training II F028 Practical Training III F029 Regeneration and Spa

ECTS credits 2 3 2 2 6 2 3 3 4 5 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 4 3 1 3 6 6 6 5

1. Course title Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Cardiology 2. Course code 3. Form of class F001 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course only for physiotherapy students 12. Objectives of the course The course is shaped to acquaint students with programming of rehabilitation process, its control and adjustment of physiotherapeutic process to the purpose of complex rehabilitation 13. Teaching program Students are acquainted with taking a patient history, the skills on diagnostic examination in circularly diseases, interpreting of efficiency tests, qualifying of relevant cardiologic rehabilitation models, keeping of physiotherapeutic documentation.Practical consultation in the hospital 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Bogacz Katarzyna, k.bogacz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Orthopedics and Traumatology 2. Course code 3. Form of class F002 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course only for physiotherapy students 12. Objectives of the course Diagnostic and functional investigation as the basis of creation, verification and modification the rehabilitation programme.

13. Teaching program Fundamentals of programming the rehabilitation process, controlling its course and adjustment a physiotherapeutic treatment for purpose of the complex rehabilitation the adults, children and youth being diseased of various dysfunctions. Selecting of the physiotherapeutic procedure and methods according to clinical diagnosis, illness period and functional stage of rehabilitee. Monitoring of results and keeping the documents.

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Rutkowski Sebastian, s.rutkowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Neurology and Neurosurgery 2. Course code 3. Form of class F003 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course only for physiotherapy students 12. Objectives of the course Diagnostic and functional investigation as the basis of creation, verification and modification the rehabilitation programme.

13. Teaching program Fundamentals of programming the rehabilitation process, controlling its course and adjustment a physiotherapeutic treatment for purpose of the complex rehabilitation the adults, children and youth being diseased of various dysfunctions. Selecting of the physiotherapeutic procedure and methods according to clinical diagnosis, illness period and functional stage of rehabilitee. Monitoring of results and keeping the documents.

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr SoboĹ&#x201E; Jacek, j.sobon@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Functional Diagnostics and Rehabilitation Programming in Rheumathology 2. Course code 3. Form of class F004 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course only for physiotherapy students 12. Objectives of the course Diagnostic and functional research as a basis of creation, verification and modification the rehabilitation programme.

13. Teaching program Basics of programming the rehabilitation process, controlling its course and adapting the physiotherapeutic treatment to the aims complex rehabilitation of children and adults. Selection of physiotherapeutic procedures and methods appropriately for clinical recognition. Results control, keeping documentary.

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr ﾅ「niewski Jacek, j.luniewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Physical Therapy 2. Course code 3. Form of class F005 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Course only for physiotherapy students 12. Objectives of the course The subject programme introduces knowledge from range of different kind of energy used in physical therapy 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr ﾅ「niewski Jacek, j.luniewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Therapeutic Massage 2. Course code F006 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 2 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The subject programme introduces knowledge from range of massage theory and practical skills 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr ﾅ「niewski Jacek, j.luniewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Kinesiology 2. Course code F007 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The subject programme includes basic knowledge of a normal and functional anatomy.

A theoretical and practical knowledge is provided in particular aspect of functioning a passive and active human motor and nervous system. The goal is to acquaint students with a human body build and the organism structure focused on the active and passive motor systems 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr SoboĹ&#x201E; Jacek, j.sobon@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Prosthetics and Orthotics 2. Course code F008 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The semester course of studies combines lectures and classes on the role of orthopedic subjects in rehabilitation, especially as a remedy in physiotherapy.

The aim is to acquaint students how to recognize patient problems, assess individual needs, design and construct appliances, fit the device and adjust to the individual patient. Structure and function of prosthetic appliances, repairs and maintenance.

Select appropriate materials and deal with the emotional difficulties of patients. Arrangements for orthopedic supply, recognition, distribution and payment 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written and practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Rutkowski Sebastian, s.rutkowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Economics 2. Course code F009 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course General objective: conveying selected elements of the knowledge on Economics Specific objectives: providing with the knowledge on: basic principles and economic categories; free market economy; subjects of management process; subject structure of the goods market and services; gross national product account; inflation; labour market and unemployment; contemporary banking system; national policy of stabilisation; contemporary problems of world economic policy; economic system of European Community 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Zagórna-Goplańska Maja, m.zagorna-goplanska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Management 2. Course code F010 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course General objective: conveying the selected elements of the knowledge regarding organisation and management Specific objectives: developing the knowledge in range of the basic management function, planning and organisation, motivating and controlling; developing the knowledge of concepts in human resources management, means and hardware management, standardised systems? management, contemporary concepts and methods of management 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Zagórna-Goplańska Maja, m.zagorna-goplanska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Eco- and Agro- Tourism 2. Course code F012 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The purpose of this course is to acquaint students with alternative forms and conditions of recreation in ecotourism and agro-tourism friendly environment. Develop the knowledge and skills needed to better understanding the complexity of theoretical problems, practical issues and effective use them in practice 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium and presentation of student?s skills in practice 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr WoĹ&#x203A; Barbara, b.wos@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Ecology 2. Course code F013 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The purpose of this course is to develop students? knowledge and ecological awareness for environmental protection promotion and shaping pro-ecological attitude in society. Upon completion of the subject, students will be able to: reason the environmental protection; find out and trace the conflict of interests between an economic growth and the protection of nature; develop the knowledge towards shaping an idea and protective actions and to identify good practice in the subject; enhance the basic concepts and mechanisms of regarding the ecology protection; develop the knowledge in area of ecological philosophy and ethics; have competence towards the ecological actions in civic capacity 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium and presentation of student?s skills in practice 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr WoĹ&#x203A; Barbara, b.wos@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Biomechanics 2. Course code F014 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 2 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to acquaint students with the basic concepts of theoretical and applied biomechanics as well as their application to movement study and human motor analysis with particular emphasis on exercise, sports and physical activity 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, written examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. KuczyĹ&#x201E;ski MichaĹ&#x201A;, m.kuczynski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Swimming 2. Course code 3. Form of class F015 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The main aim of the course is to acquaint students with: up-to-date methods of teaching swimming to children and youth; regulations and rules binding during a swimming competition, especially in water-polo and diving; the procedure and action in case of threat of the human life in water 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, theory and practice 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Wojciechowska-Maszkowska BoĹźena, b.wojciechowska-maszkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Methodology and Didactics of Physical Education 2. Course code 3. Form of class F016 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course to acquaint students with principles, range and tasks of physical education in primary and secondary school and to qualify them to become a competent and professional PE teacher. Students will gain the competencies in methodology, organization and planning of educational process as well as the creativity and skills to link up an individual research development with pedagogical practice 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Jagusz Marek, m.jagusz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Theory and Methodology of Team Sport - Basketball 2. Course code 3. Form of class F017 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to acquaint students with a theory and teaching methodology of basketball game.

The course is dedicated to presenting its position and function in the curriculum of comprehensive education, and the main tasks are related to getting the knowledge of teaching methodology, mastering the elements technique and tactics of playing the basketball game 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, final examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Nawarecki Dariusz, d.nawarecki@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Human Kinetics/ Anthropomotorics 2. Course code F018 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to acquaint students with problems and the theory of motor abilities as a scientific issue covering the whole aspect of human motor activities in its complex and conditions. The main task is to present the essence of the problems, structure, changeability and conditions of human motor abilities 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, final examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. Borysiuk Zbigniew, z.borysiuk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Theory and Methodology of Team Sport - Volleyball 2. Course code 3. Form of class F019 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The subject programme covers the basic knowledge of methodology and specific exercises of the volleyball techniques, methods and forms of teaching volleyball, mastering practical elements and techniques for playing volleyball, knowledge and skills to enforcing regulations of the game. A particular focus is given on assimilation knowledge concerning individual and team tactics at the volleyball meeting 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, final examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Borzucka Dorota, d.borzucka@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Gymnastics 2. Course code 3. Form of class F020 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The purpose of the course is to prepare students to teaching work on gymnastics at all level schools, nonschool establishments as well as at the higher education institutions. Division of gymnastics and gymnastic exercises, their role in shaping of general physical fitness and assimilation of terminology for exercise planning. Key features of the forms of agility exercises, system and methodology of teaching various exercises.

PE at school and main issues of methodology 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium,final exam 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Sojka-Krawiec Katarzyna, k.sojka-krawiec@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Summer training camp 2. Course code F021 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The programme introduces knowledge from swimming, sailing and games - theory and practical skills 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium,final exam 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Wieloch Marcin, m.wieloch@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Psychology 2. Course code F022 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The course introduces basic issues necessary to understand human psyche and behaviour, especially in sport domain. It also presents information that helps to better understand mechanisms and principles underlying the cognitive and educational processes - leading to optimum physical, mental and social development of children and youth. The class will cover a selection of methods and tools that serve to measure various psychical phenomena.

13. Teaching program Psychology as a science ? definition, goals and tasks of psychology. Fields of specialization in psychology.

Psychology of sport. Methods of psychological research. Main foundation of psychological theories (comparative analysis): biological approach, behaviorism, psychoanalytic psychology, humanistic psychology, cognitive psychology. Cognitive process - sensations and perception, attention, imagination, memory, reasoning and solving problems. Individual differences and their relationships with sport activity: capacity, ability and talent, intelligence, temperament, personality (trait theory). The nature and nurture of behavior.

Meaning of motivation in our life: Maslow?s hierarchy of needs, stimulus seeking and arousal concept, incentive role of award and punishments, achievement motivation. Emotion and stress: definitions and components of emotion, behavioral expression of emotion, the main theories of emotion, stress and illness, strategies of advising with the stress (mental training in sport). Social psychology: attitudes and actions, biases in attribution process, social influence (conformity, group influence), prejudice and aggression.

14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium,final exam 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Rogowska Aleksandra, a.rogowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Theory and Methodology of Individual Sports - Athletics 2. Course code 3. Form of class F023 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 0 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The course objective is to acquaint students with a technique and teaching methodology of the athletic exercises as well as to develop the skills for implementing them in classes, and to acquaint students with basic methods of athletic training. Methodology of individual sports 13. Teaching program To be provided by the lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium,final exam 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. Tataruch RafaĹ&#x201A;, r.tataruch@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Post-traumatic edema- treatments 2. Course code F024 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 1 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Wdowiak Anna, a.wdowiak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Disabled sports 2. Course code F025 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 3 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class Practice ex., 5. Semester 3 7. Level of class intermaediate 9. Number of hours per semester 45

12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to acquaint students with problems and the theory of sports of disabled people. Practical classes will introduce paralympic games and prepare students to work with disabled people. Disabled sports are sports played by persons with a disability, including physical and intellectual disabilities.

13. Teaching program Sport for the deaf, blind, after amputation, sitting volleyball, athletics, boccia, powerlifting 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, practical examination 15. Recommended reading Lecture notes 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Rutkowski Sebastian, s.rutkowski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Practical Training I 2. Course code F026 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr ﾅ「niewski Jacek, j.luniewski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Practical Training II 2. Course code F027 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Skiba Grzegosz, g.skiba@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Practical Training III 2. Course code F028 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Nazimek Bartosz, b.nazimek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Regeneration and Spa 2. Course code F029 4. Type of course obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 5 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to introduce students into theory and practice of SPA and regeneration. Classes combine the knowledge of physical medicine, physiology and regeneration. Practical classes will prepare students to work in health centers and SPA 13. Teaching program To be provided by lecturer 14. Assessment methods Credit colloquium, practical examination 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr PaweĹ&#x201A;czyk Witold, w.pawelczyk@po.opole.pl

Faculty of Production Engineering and Logistics 5 Luboszycka str., 45-036 Opole, Poland phone: (+48 77) 453 84 47, tel./fax: e-mail: wipil@po.opole.pl, http://www.wipil.po.opole.pl FIELDS OF STUDY - Management and Production Engineering (BSc, MSc) - Logistics (BSc ) - Security Engineering (BSc ) - Agricultural and Forest Engineering (BSc, MSc) - Food Technology and Human Nutrition (BSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Mathematics and Applications of Computer Science - Biosystems Engineering - Physics - Chemistry and Mechanics Applications - Engineering and Safety - Logistics - Management and Production Engineering - Knowledge Engineering - Project Management - Innovative Technological Processes - Engineering of Quality and Services - Energy Management FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Hanna Ĺ&#x161;ciÄ&#x2122;gosz, PhD; Production Engineering and Logistics Faculty of Production Engineering and Logistics was created on the basis of the Institute of Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry. The Institute was founded in 1975 as an interfaculty unit whose objective was to conduct research as well as didactic classes of mathematics, physics and chemistry in all fields and courses of studies (first at Higher School of Engineering, afterwards at Opole University of Technology). Currently the faculty has been performing above mentioned tasks, though it has broadened its didactic offer effectively.

Faculty research and didactic employees conduct classes of not only basic subjects like mathematics, algebra with geometry, mathematical analysis, physics and chemistry but also of numerical methods, mathematical statistics, calculus of probability, operational research, computer science, selected programming languages, databases, logistics, computer networks and philosophy of nature. Furthermore, didactic offer has been significantly enriched since the creation of the Institute by extending the scope of subjects connected with work environment engineering, logistics and production engineering as well as subjects concerning teaching technology and computer science at schools and selected technical subjects.

Course code T002 T004 T006 T007 T008 T010 T011 T012 T012 T013 T014 T015 T017 T018 T019 T020 T021 T022 T023 T024 T025 T026 T027 T028 T029 T030

Course name Statistics Mathematical Modeling in Technology Production and Services Management Differential Equations Chemistry Quality Management Marketing Quality Management of production Quality management of the production Managing the service quality Logistic in Enterprise Innovation Management Algebra and Analytical Geometry Project management Operations Research Basics of Ecology Food Engineering Mathematical Statistics Methods and Techniques of the Quality Control Soil Science Environmental Biology Basic of human nutrition Dietetics Calculus I (Mathematical Analysis I) Calculus II (Mathematical Analysis II) Calculus III (Mathematical Analysis III)

ECTS credits 6 4 6 5 6 6 4 3 3 3 5 4 6 3 7 2 4 4 6 4 3 3 3 6 6 6

1. Course title Statistics 2. Course code 3. Form of class T002 Lectures, Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of mathematics, an elementary course of mathematical analysis (differential and integral calculus of functions of one and several variables) and a basic course of probability.

12. Objectives of the course To provide students in fundamental concepts of statistics and data mining and their applying to econometrics, edumetrics, technometrics, decision science, etc.

13. Teaching program 1. The basic goal of statistics; 2. Designing statistical experiments and collecting the data, basic sampling designs; 3. Graphical presentations of statistical data; 4. Descriptive statistics; 5. Random variables and their distributions; 6. Selected discrete and continuous distributions; 7. Point estimation and confident interval estimation; 5. Hypothesis Testing; 6. Distribution fitting; 7. Simple linear regression and correlation; 8. Non-linear regression; 9. Time series.

14. Assessment methods Oral assessment, individual elaborate, final project.

15. Recommended reading 1. D. C. Montgomery, G. C. Runger, Applied Statistics and Probability for Engineers, John Wiley & Sons, 2003; 2. D.Wackerly, W.Mendenhall, R.L.Scheaffer, Mathematical Statistics with Applications, 2007; 3. L. Wasserman, All of Statistics: A Concise Course in Statistical Inference, Springer Sciences + Business Media, 2004.

4. STATISTICA 8.0 or newer.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Ĺ&#x161;ciÄ&#x2122;gosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mathematical Modeling in Technology 2. Course code 3. Form of class T004 Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Mathematics 1, Mathematics 2 12. Objectives of the course Fundamentals of modeling physical processes using numerical methods and computer software.

13. Teaching program Fundamentals of finite element method and Matlab.

14. Assessment methods Project: computer program (e.g. modeling heat conduction problem).

15. Recommended reading 1. J.V.Beck, B.Blackwell, J.R.St.Clair, Inverse heat conduction, a Wiley Interscience Publication, 1985; 2. B.Mochnacki, J.S.Suchy, Numerical methods in computations of foundry processes, PFTA, Cracow 1995; 3. O.C.Zienkiewicz, The finite element method, Butterworth-Heinemann, Oxford, 2000.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Metelski Andrzej, a.metelski@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Production and Services Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class T006 Lectures, Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 5 75 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Marketing and Financial Management.

12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to provide the students with a knowledge base on how to develop and run businesses more efficient. During the course the students will be introduced to terms, methods, and current research topics within the field of operation management.

Although the main focus in the course is industry, almost all methods are general and therefore applicable in service trades like the hotel industry, consulting, hospitals, public services etc.

Students will understand the principles and practice of factors which influence the capacity to compete effectively in manufacturing and service operations.

13. Teaching program The Production and Operations Function and the Organisation, Production/Operations Strategy, Planning and Controlling the Operations, Production/Operations Management Production/Operations Management in Manufacturing and Service Environments, Marketing and Product/Service Design, Product/Service: Variety and Value, Quality, Reliability, Product, Service, Operations and Competitive Strategies, Location and Design of the Plant or Facilities, Layout of the Facilities, Equipment Selection, Maintenance of the Facilities and Equipment, Production/Operation Systems Design, Work Measurement, Operations Control: An Introduction, Forecasting, Capacity Management and Operations Scheduling, Manufacturing Planning Case Study, Data Capture and Release, Inventory Management, Manufacturing Planning and Control Systems, Project Management, Resource Allocation - Linear Programming, Purchasing, Despatch.

14. Assessment methods Lecture ? oral examination; seminary participation; laboratory completion of individual project assignments.

15. Recommended reading 1. Gideon Halevi: Handbook of Production Management Methods, Butterworth Heinemann, 2001; 2. Keith Lockyer, Alan Muhlemann, and J.S. Oakland: Production and Operations Management, Financial Times/ Prentice Hall; 3. Donald Waters: Operations Management. Producting Goods and Services Financial Times/ Prentice Hall (now 2th edition); 4. Eliyahu M. Goldratt and Jeff Cox The Goal: A Process of Ongoing Improvement, Gower Publishing Ltd; 5. Chase, Richard B. (2006). Operations management for competitive advantage.

McGraw-Hill/Irwin; 11 edition; 6. David Ray Anderson Dennis J. Sweeney Thomas Arthur Williams (2008): An Introduction to Management Science: Quantitative Approaches to Decision Making, South-Western Educational Publishing.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer

dr inż. Jurczyk-Buńkowska Magdalena, m.jurczyk-bunkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Differential Equations 2. Course code 3. Form of class T007 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3rd 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of mathematics, an elementary course of mathematical analysis (differential and integral calculus of functions of one and several variables).

12. Objectives of the course To introduce students to methods of solving of differential equations and modeling via differential equations. To present their applications.

13. Teaching program 1. Introduction and First Definitions; 2. First Order Differential Equations (Separable Equations, Homogeneous Equations, Linear Equations, Bernoulli Equations, Darboux Equations, Riccati Equations, Exact and Non-Exact Equations, Integrating Factor technique, Numerical Technique: Euler's Method, Existence and Uniqueness of Solutions, Picard Iterative Process) 3. Second Order Differential Equations (Reduction of Order, Euler-Cauchy Equations); 4. Higher Order Linear Equations (Homogeneous Linear Equations with Constant Coefficients, Non-Homogeneous Linear Equations, Method of Undetermined Coefficients, Method of Variation of Parameters, Linear Independence and the Wronskian); 5. Systems of Differential Equations (Second Order Equations and Systems, Euler's Method for Systems, Linear Systems, Qualitative Analysis of Linear Systems).

14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate, written final exam.

15. Recommended reading 1. P. Blanchard, R. L. Devaney, G. R. Hall, Differential equations, Cengage Learning, 2006; 2. J. C. Robinson, An introduction to ordinary differential equations, Cambridge University Press, 2004; 3. R. Bronson, E. J. Bredensteiner, Differential equations, McGraw-Hill Professional, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Ścięgosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Chemistry 2. Course code 3. Form of class T008 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1st or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None.

12. Objectives of the course To provide students within understanding of the basic concepts of chemistry and basic chemical calculations.

13. Teaching program Principles of chemistry, including stoichiometry, nomenclature, atomic structure, bonding, redox reactions, periodicity, equilibria, electrochemistry, kinetics, inorganic and organic compounds. The recitation hour ? practice on chemical calculations and problem solving.

14. Assessment methods Written exams.

15. Recommended reading Lecture and class notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr hab. inĹź. PajÄ&#x2026;k Janusz, j.pajak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Quality Management 2. Course code T010 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 6 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Hys Katarzyna, k.hys@po.opole.pl dr inż. Kucińska-Landwójtowicz Aneta, a.kucinska-landwojtowicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Marketing 2. Course code 3. Form of class T011 Practice ex., Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3rd or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in the scope of the management 12. Objectives of the course Acquainting students with bases of marketing, including cells, tasks, functions, strategies, instruments and essential methods are a purpose of the object. Exploiting the wisdom in practice is significant - this process is being carried out on exercise classes as part of individual issues.

13. Teaching program 1. Description of the work of the marketing department: vision, mission of the department, organizational structure.

2. EVALUATION OF THE CURRENT MARKETING SITUATION OF THE ENTERPRISE: Marketing environment of the company. Offered products. Target market. Competition analysis. Analysis of chances and threats.

3. DEFINED MARKETING OBJECTIVES: Cells in a short span of time. Cells in the long term.

4. PROPOSALS OF MARKETING STRATEGIES: Chosen action in the sphere of the product, the price, distribution and promocji-mix.

5. OPERATIONAL PLANS: Schedule of action carried out. Duties and liabilities of the staff.

14. Assessment methods exercises: active participation under the exercises, written report.

15. Recommended reading 1. Hoyer, W.D. and MacInnis, D.J. (2001) Consumer Behaviour, 2nd Edition, USA: Houghton Mifflin Company; 2. Baker, M. (2000) Marketing Management and Strategy, 3rd edition, Macmillan Business; 3. Booms, B.H. and Bitner, M.J. (1981), Marketing strategies and organisation structures for service firms, in Marketing of Services, J. Donnelly and W.R. George (eds), American Marketing Association; 4. Davies, M. (1998) Understanding Marketing, 1st edition. Prentice Hall; 5. Fill, C (2002) Marketing Communications, Contexts, strategies and applications, Prentice Hall; 6. Kotler, P, Armstrong, G, Saunders, J and Wong, V, (2001), Principles of Marketing: Third European Edition, Prentice Hall, Harlow; 7. Kotler, P. and Armstrong, G. (1997) Marketing An Introduction. Fourth Edition. New Jersey.

Prentince Hall International; 8. Kotler, P., Armstrong, G., Saunders, J. and Wong, V. (1999) Principles of Marketing, 2nd Edition, New Jersey: Prentice Hall; 9. Lauterborn, R.(1990), New marketing litany:4Ps passe; 4Cs take over, Advertising Age, Oct. 1:26; 10. Lovelock (2001) Services Marketing, people, technology, strategy, Prentice Hall; 11. McCarthy, J. (1975), Basic Marketing: a managerial approach, Homewood, IL; 12. McDonald, M. (2001) Marketing Plans. How to prepare them, how to use the. 4th edition, Butterworth Heinenamm; 13. Peter, J.P. and Olson, J.J. (1996) Consumer Behaviour and Marketing Strategy, USA: Irwin.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Hys Katarzyna, k.hys@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Quality Management of production 2. Course code T012 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Hys Katarzyna, k.hys@po.opole.pl dr inż. Kucińska-Landwójtowicz Aneta, a.kucinska-landwojtowicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Quality management of the production 2. Course code T012 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Hys Katarzyna, k.hys@po.opole.pl dr inż. Kucińska-Landwójtowicz Aneta, a.kucinska-landwojtowicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Managing the service quality 2. Course code 3. Form of class T013 Practice ex., Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 4th 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in the scope of the management 12. Objectives of the course Understanding the being of the service quality is a purpose of classes. Getting acquainted with types of services and characteristic features of services. Distinguishing types of services and the guild of services for individual types of the market: B2B and B2C. Examining and knowing requirements of customers for services of different type.

Forming the semantic profile for competence of the service staff. The evaluation and the measurement of the service quality of methods with the help chosen.

13. Teaching program 1. Defining and classifying services.

2. Designing and presenting services.

3. Services providing company ? internal and outside conditioning.

4. The service contact and the buying decision process of the service.

5. Applying the mix concept of marketing in services.

6. Issues of the quality in services.

7. Problems and manners of the evaluation of the service quality.

8. Competence of employees of service companies.

9. Offer of production services ? the questionnaire form and comparison.

10. Blueprinting for production services.

11. Servperf for general-public services.

12. Quota evaluation for consumer services.

14. Assessment methods Exercises: active participation under the exercises, written report

15. Recommended reading 1. Baker, E. R. and Fisher, M. J., Organizing for Quality Management - Handbook of Software Quality Assurance, Artech House Inc., pp. 1-34, 2008; 2. Balog, A., Badulescu, G., Badulescu, R. and Petrescu, F. E-ServEval: a system for quality evaluation of the on-line public services, Revista Informatica Economica, Bucharest, no. 2(46), 2008; 3. Fotache, M. Probleme generale ale managementului cunostintelor, ISIS 2002, Iassy, 24-26 October, 2002; 4. Gareis, R. Professional Project Portfolio Management, IPMA World Congress, Berlin, 2002; 5. Järvinen, R. and Lehtinen, U. Services, e-Services and e-Service Innovations, Combination of Theoretical and Practical Knowledge Frontiers of e-business research, Tampere University of Technology and University of Tampere, 2004, pp. 78-89; 5. Kalle, K. Business Strategies for Information Technology Management, Idea Group Publishing, 2003; 6. Louise, E. Are we managing our knowledge?, Science, Innovation and Electronic Information Division Statistics, Canada, 2000; 7. Neagu, D. The intelligent enterprise in Knowledge Society, in proceedings of ?Knowledge Technologies in Business and Management?, Iassy, June 6, 2003; 8. Pocatilu, P. IT Projects Management Metrics Informatica Economica Journal, Bucharest, no.4(44), 2007, pp. 122-125; 9. Rust, R. T. and Kannan, P. K. e-Service: New Direction in Theory and Practice, Armonk NY, 2002; 10. Scupola, A. E-Services: Definition, Characteristics and Taxonomy, Journal of Electronic Commerce in Organizations, Guest Editorial Preface, 2008; 11. Sukasame, N. E-Service Quality: A Paradigm for Competitive Success of E-Commerce Entrepreneurs, The Ninth Pacific Asia Conference on Information Systems (PACIS-2005), 2005; 12. Whitman, M. E. and Woszczynski, A. B. The Handbook of Information Systems Research, Idea Group Publishing, 2004; 13. Quality Management Principles, [Online], Available: http://www.iso.org/iso/iso_catalogue/management_standards/iso_9000_iso_14000/qmp.htm.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Hys Katarzyna, k.hys@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Logistic in Enterprise 2. Course code 3. Form of class T014 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of production management and services 12. Objectives of the course Using the chosen methods in logistics area 13. Teaching program Logistics, logistics processes, systems framework in logistics, logistics systems, logistics suply chain, logistics, inbound, logistics outbound, logistics costs, computer aided logistics systems, etc.

14. Assessment methods tests 15. Recommended reading 1. Grant D.B., Lambert D.M., Stock J.R., Ellram L.M.: Fundamentals of logistics management, McGraw-Hill Companies, UK, 2006; 2. Coyle J., Bardi E., Langley C.: The Managament of Business Logistics.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pisz Iwona, i.pisz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Innovation Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class T015 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 3rd or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic: Management & Marketing 12. Objectives of the course The focus of the course is on the analysis of key issues surrounding innovation management from the perspective of firms. By the end of the course, students will be able to understand what Innovation Management is and how it relates to business strategy and also distinguish some key characteristics of successful innovation and successful innovators. They should understand aspects of the process through which innovation occurs too. These perspectives should give insight to what influences innovation and how this varies across industries, sectors and through time. Furthermore, they will learn about the role of organizational structures and strategies in innovation. Students will develop skills in both the technical and business aspects of managing innovation.

13. Teaching program The course will include issues such as: a) discusses a number of theories of innovation which provide an historical basis for where we are now (technology waves); b) shows the role of innovation in creating competitive advantage c) presents the impact of different types of innovations on the firm, economy and society; d) describes the various sources of innovation and how to transfer innovations from their sources to points where they can be exploited; e) recognize the potential of an innovation; f) description how to developing a culture and climate of innovation; g) organizing for innovation, customers involvement in innovation; h) innovation process ? what are the stages of innovation process from idea generation through to commercialization; i) explores how innovation can be financed; describes the important role government policy plays in supporting business innovation.

14. Assessment methods Course is assessed by a combination of written work and presentation.

15. Recommended reading a) Fagerberg, Jan, David C. Mowery and Richard R. Nelson (2005): The Oxford handbook of innovation. Oxford University Press. b) Tidd, Joe, John Bessant and Keith Pavitt (2009): Managing innovation, integrating technological, market and organizational change, 4. ed. John Wiley and Sons Ltd. c) von Hippel, Eric (2005): Democratizing Innovation Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. d) Rogers, Everet (2003): Diffusions of Innovations (5th Ed.), Free Press. e) Trott, P. (2008) Innovation Management and New Product Development, (3rd Ed.), Harlow: Prentice Hall. f) Smith, D. (2010) Exploring Innovation, 2nd Ed. Berkshire: McGraw-Hill. g) von Stamm, B. (2008) Managing Innovation, Design and Creativity (2nd Ed.), John Wiley & Sons, Chichester.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Jurczyk-BuĹ&#x201E;kowska Magdalena, m.jurczyk-bunkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Algebra and Analytical Geometry 2. Course code 3. Form of class T017 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1st 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental and relatively basic knowledge of mathematics beyond arithmetic.

12. Objectives of the course The goal of this lecture comes to know the algebraic notations and to apply them to solve some technical problems.

13. Teaching program 1. Foundations of logic, types of proofs, mathematical induction; 2. Algebra of sets and subsets; 3. Algebraic structures: group, ring, field; 4. Complex numbers; 5. Rational functions, polynomials and partial fractions; 6. Matrices, matrix algebra 7. Square matrices; determinants, Laplace's formula; 8. Adjugate matrix, inverse matrix; 9. Systems of linear equations; 10. Cramer's rule; 11. Rouché?Capelli theorem; 12. Gauss?Jordan elimination; 13. Tree-dimensional analytic geometry.

14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate, written final exam.

15. Recommended reading 1. K.R. Matthews, Elementary linear algebra, Univ. of Queensland, Press 1991 2. D.J. Winter, A Primer of Linear Algebra, Macmillan, Press 1988 3. M. Artin, Algebra, Prentice Hall, 1991 4. W. L. Perry, Elementary Linear Algebra, MacGraw-Hill, 1988 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Ścięgosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Project management 2. Course code 3. Form of class T018 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge in the scope of the Management, Economics, Finance and Accounting, Operations Research 12. Objectives of the course The aim of this course is to acquaint students with the theoretical foundations of project management and elements of practical knowledge needed to participate in a project team or conduct of individual projects (subprojects). Students will acquire and establish knowledge about methods of planning, estimating and scheduling projects, and computer software available in this area.

13. Teaching program 1. The Project Management Framework: What is a project?, What is project management?, Relationship to other management disciplines related endeavors, The project management context, Project phases and the project life cycle, Project stakeholders, Organizational influences, Key general management skills, Socioeconomic influences.

2. Project Management Processes: Process groups, Process interactions, Customizing process interactions.

3. The Project Management Knowledge Areas: Project integration management, Project plan development, Project plan execution, Overall change control.

4. Project Scope Management: Initiation, Scope planning, Scope definition, Scope verification, Scope change control.

5. Project Time Management: Activity definition, Activity sequencing, Activity duration estimating, Schedule development, Schedule control.

6. Project Cost Management: Resource planning, Cost estimating, Cost budgeting, Cost control.

7. Project Quality Management: Quality planning, Quality assurance, Quality control.

8. Project Human Resource Management: Organizational planning, Staff acquisition, Team development.

9. Project Communications Management: Communications planning, Information distribution, Performance reporting, Administrative closure.

10. Project Risk Management: Risk identification, Risk quantification, Risk response development, Risk response control.

11. Project Procurement Management: Procurement planning, Solicitation planning, Solicitation, Source selection, Contract administration, Contract close-out.

14. Assessment methods Lecture - oral examination; active participation in the project; project completion of individual assignments, written report.

15. Recommended reading 1. Adam E.E., Ebert R.J., Productions and operations management, Prentice Hall, New Jersey 2009.

2. A guide to the project management body of knowledge. Fourth Edition, PMI, USA 2008.

3. Goldratt E. M., Critical chain. Great Barrington, MA, North River Press 1997.

4. Kerzner H., Advanced project management: best practices on implementation, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey 2004.

5. Kerzner H., Project management: A systems approach to planning, scheduling and controlling, 7th Edition. John Wiley&Sons, Inc. 2001.

6. Kerzner H., Project management case studies, John Wiley & Sons, New Jersey 2009.

7. Leach L.P., Critical chain project management, 2nd Edition. Norwood, MA, Artech House 2005.

8. Lock D., Project management. Ninth Edition, Gower Publishing Ltd, Hampshire, Great Britain 2009.

9. Meredith J.R., Mantel S.J., Project management - a managerial approach, John Wiley & Sons, New York 2000.

10. Murch R., Project management: Best practices for IT professionals. Prentice Hall PTR 2001.

11. Sauer J., Knowledge-based systems techniques and applications in scheduling, Ed. T.L. Leondes, Knowledge-based systems techniques and applications, Academic Press, San Diego 1999.

12. Shenhar A.J., Wideman R.M., Toward a fundamental differentiation between project, PICMET, New Jersey 1997.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Łapuńka Iwona, i.lapunka@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Operations Research 2. Course code 3. Form of class T019 Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 advanced 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental meanings of knowledge of mathematics, statistics.

12. Objectives of the course Mathematical models formulations and using the models.

13. Teaching program Decision analysis, assignment algorithm, programming, dynamic programming, transportation algorithm, queuing analysis, inventory theory and system, multicriteria optimalization, etc. Using WinQSB programme 14. Assessment methods tests 15. Recommended reading 1. Mccarl B.A., Spreen T.H.: Applied mathematical programming using algebraic systems, on-line 2. http://agecon2.tamu.edu/people/faculty/mccarl-bruce/books.htm 3. WinQSB programme on-line http://www.wiley.com/college/tech/winqsb.htm 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Pisz Iwona, i.pisz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basics of Ecology 2. Course code 3. Form of class T020 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course Basic terms and laws connected with environmental science and ecology, i.e. material cycles and life processes, flow of energy. Basic information about population dynamics.

Effects of anthropopression and ways of nature protection.

13. Teaching program 1. Basic ecological terms ? ecology, ecosystem, biotic community, ecological landscape, environmental science; 2. A brief history of conservation and environmentalism; 3. Modern environmentalism; 4. Environmental dilemmas, signs to hope, North/South: a divided world; 5. Environmental ethics and philosophy, worldviews and ethical perspectives; 6. Matter, energy and life: from atoms to cells, energy and matter, energy for life, from species to ecosystem, material cycles and life processes; 7. Matter, energy and life: population, biological environment, ecosystem, photosynthesis, respiration; 8. Material cycles and life processes ? the carbon cycle, the nitro gen cycle; 9. Population dynamics; 10. Biological communities and species interaction; 11. Communities in transition; 12. Ecological succession; 13. Air, climate and wheatear ? air pollution; 14. Water use and management, water pollution; 15. Soils pollution.

14. Assessment methods Exam (test) 15. Recommended reading 1. Cunningham Wiliam P., Woodworth Saido B., Environmental Science, McGraw-Hill, 4th edition; 2. Ville Eldra Pearl, Berg Linda R., Martin Diana W., Villee Claude A., Biology, MULTICO, 2000, 2nd edition.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Food Engineering 2. Course code 3. Form of class T021 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5th or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of the bases of chemistry and botany 12. Objectives of the course Basic problems of the food technology. Defining and characteristics of raw materials of the plant and animal origin. Basic properties of food products 13. Teaching program Lecture: 1. Basic definitions of the food technology; 2. Characteristics of raw materials of the plant origin; 3. Characteristics of raw materials of the animal origin; 4. The food technology as the unit of the activity and basic processes; 5. The pollution and contamination of the food.

Laboratory: 1. Morphology of the air mycelium of chosen mould; 2. Morphology of yeast; 3. Comparative analysis the traditional and genetically modified products of the plant; 4. Analysis of polluting plant products with computer analysis of the image.

14. Assessment methods Lecture: the oral answer at the end of semester Laboratory: the grade from the reports after the exercises.

15. Recommended reading 1. R. Paul Singh, Dennis R. Heldman Introduction to Food Engineering; 2. S.E. Charm. The fundamentals of food engineering. 1964; 3. J. E. Lozano, C. Arion, E. Parada-Arias, G. V. Barbosa-Canowas. Trends in Food Engineering.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mathematical Statistics 2. Course code 3. Form of class T022 Lectures, Projects, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of mathematics 12. Objectives of the course Acquainting the students with the basic problems of agricultural statistics for engineers, with methodology of taking samples, studding the results, concluding and statistical modeling.

13. Teaching program Lecture: 1. Basic statistical concepts; 2. Normal schedule; 3. Probability; 4. Taking samples; 5. Testing hypotheses; 6. Analysis of the variance; 7. Linear and non-linear regression.

Project: 1. Normal distribution; 2. Linear regression.

14. Assessment methods Lecture: oral exam at the end of semester Project: grade on the basis of design work and written report.

15. Recommended reading 1. Delwiche, Lora D. The Little SAS [Statistical Analisis System] Book : a Primer / Lora D. Delwiche, Susan J. Slaughter. - 4th print. - Cary : SAS Institute, 1998; 2. Aczel Amir D. Complete Bussines Statistics. 2005.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Szwedziak Katarzyna, k.szwedziak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Methods and Techniques of the Quality Control 2. Course code 3. Form of class T023 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5th or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course Acquainting the students with problems of managing the quality with agricultural and food products and methods of their control.

13. Teaching program Lecture: 1. Basic information about the quality of the food;?

2. Managing the quality; 3. Improving the quality; 4. Assuring the quality HACCP, ISO; Laboratory: 1. Analysis of errors of the measurement; 2. Sieve analysis ofgrinded materials grinded; 3. Studying the physical properties of the cereal crops grain; 4. Assessment of agricultural and food products qualities with the method of computer analysis of the image; 5. Analysis of marking wrappings.

14. Assessment methods Lecture: written test at the end of the semester; Laboratory: grade from the reports after the classes.

15. Recommended reading 1. Encyklopedia of Ford Science and Technology. Vol. 1- 4. A-D/ed. Y.H. Hui?New York: John Wiley & Sons, 1992; 2. Food Technology and Quality Evaluation: R. Dris, A. Sharma (Eds.); Science Publishers, Inc., Enfield, NH, USA, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Soil Science 2. Course code 3. Form of class T024 Lectures, Laboratory, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 5th or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge from the range of basic issue of ecology.

12. Objectives of the course Acquainting the students with bases of pedology, the create soil processes, physical and chemical properties of soils, the agricultural usefulness of soils. Ability of defining the property of soils on the basis of analysis in field and laboratory conditions.

13. Teaching program Lecture: basic information about the soil; rock-forming minerals; mechanical composition of soils; physical and chemical properties of soils; soil as the biological environment; protection of soils; Laboratory: mechanical analysis of soils; defining the basic properties of soils; the samples of soil Seminar: rehabilitation and protection of soils; fertilizing soils.

14. Assessment methods Lecture: oral answer at the end of the semester Laboratory: grade from reports after the exercise Seminar: grade in preparing on a presentation the paper to given topics (the PowerPoint presentation and the paper version).

15. Recommended reading 1. Rattan Lal ed. Encyklopedia of Soil Science, 2005; 2. Kim H. Tan. Environmental Soil Science, 2000; 3. Kim H. Tan. Soil Sampling, Preparation and Analysis, 2005.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Environmental Biology 2. Course code 3. Form of class T025 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites None 12. Objectives of the course Biological processes occurs in environment; processes accompanying pollution neutralization and soil reclamation; water reclamation; landfill reclamation; biological threat assessment.

13. Teaching program 1. Plant and trees recognition. Ways of recognition and finding species based on key to plant recognition.

2. Rules and techniques of microscoping.

3. Preparing and observation samples to microscoping.

4. Plant cell structure.

5. A role of plant and animals tissues in physiological processes.

6. Osmose in cell. Plasmolysis.

7. Characteristic of selected groups of microorganisms based on activated sludge 8. Description of Procaryota and Eucaryota.

9. Structure and function of cell components.

10. The role of plant and animal tissues in physiological processes.

11. Recognition of selected microorganisms: virus, bacteria, fungus, algae.

12. Ways of nutrition: heterotrophism, autotrophism (chemosynthesis and photosynthesis).

13. Metabolism ? catabolism, anabolism.

14. ATP ? phosphorylation.

15. Aerobic respiration, anaerobic respiration and fermentation.

16. Photosynthesis as a basic anabolic process.

17. Material cycles and life processes ? the role of microorganisms.

18. The role of microorganism in objects destruction and devastation.

14. Assessment methods Taken after each laboratory 15. Recommended reading 1. Ville Eldra Pearl, Berg Linda R., Martin Diana W., Villee Claude A., Biology, MULTICO, 2000, 2nd edition; 2. Bergey's Manuał of Determinative Bacteriology. Baltimowe: Williams and Wilkins Co., Ed. VII, 1974; 3. Brock T.D., Madigan M.T. Biology of Micro-organisms. Prentice Hall. International London; 4. Lengerer J.W., Drews G., Schlegel H.G. (red). Biology of prokaryotes. Blackwell Science,Thieme, Stuttgart, New York, 1999.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Królczyk Jolanta, j.krolczyk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basic of human nutrition 2. Course code 3. Form of class T026 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2nd 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Biochemistry (basics) 12. Objectives of the course This course focuses on the basic of human nutrition: consulting and absorbing, catabolism, anabolism, energy needs of organism, carbohydrates, proteins, the fats, vitamins, minerals elements, the additions to food. The planning and the assessment of the food.

13. Teaching program 1. Basic of human nutrition; 2. Planning of human nutrition; 3. Assessment of own nutrition; 4. Other themes prepared by lecturer.

14. Assessment methods Written work, active participation in laboratory classes.

15. Recommended reading 1. Smolin L., A., Grosvenor M., B., Basic nutrition, Chelsea House Pub, 2004; 2. Lecture Notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Dietetics 2. Course code 3. Form of class T027 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 3 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Biochemistry (basics), basic of human nutrition 12. Objectives of the course This course focuses on the dietetics: classification and characteristics of diets, the information about nutrition of human in deferent stage of life, aeting disorder, methods of the dietetic diagnosis, completing of diets.

13. Teaching program 1. Basic of dietetics; 2. Classification and characteristics of diets; 3. Completing of diets; 4. Other themes prepared by lecturer.

14. Assessment methods Written work, active participation in laboratory classes.

15. Recommended reading 1. Smolin L., A., Grosvenor M., B., Basic nutrition, Chelsea House Pub, 2004; 2. Lecture Notes.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Matuszek Dominika, d.matuszek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Calculus I (Mathematical Analysis I) 2. Course code 3. Form of class T028 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1st or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of mathematics, elementary functions, some experience with mathematical language and proofs.

12. Objectives of the course third The goal of this lecture comes to know the algebraic notations and to apply them to solve some technical problems.

Introducing of students to differential and integral calculus of real functions of one variable and providing the background for more advanced mathematical courses.

13. Teaching program 1. Mappings and their properties; 2. Sequences of numbers and limits of sequences; 3. Elementary functions; 4. Limits of one variable functions, continuity; 5. Differentiation of one variable functions; 6. Applications of the derivative to geometry and physics; 7. Graphing of functions using first and second derivatives; 8. Definition of the indefinite integral; 9. Integration by parts; 10. Integration by substitution; 11. Integration of rational functions; 12. Definition of the Riemann integral; 13. Applications of the definite integral; 14. Definition of the improper integral, tests for convergence; 15. Length of a curve, lateral area and volume of surface of revolution.

14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate, written final exam.

15. Recommended reading 1. E. Zakon, Mathematical Analysis I, The Trillia Group, 2004; 2. B. S. Schroder, Mathematical Analysis: A Concise Introduction, JohnWiley&Sons, 2008; 3. G.M. Fihtenholtz, Course in the Differential and Integral Calculus vol. I, II, III, Nauka, Moscow, 1969.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Ścięgosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Calculus II (Mathematical Analysis II) 2. Course code 3. Form of class T029 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 2nd or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of differential and integral calculus of real functions of one variable (Calculus I course), some experience with mathematical language and proofs.

12. Objectives of the course Introducing of students to polynomial and trigonometric expansions of functions of one variable and to differential calculus of functions of several variables. Providing the background for more advanced mathematical courses.

13. Teaching program 1. Infinite series of numbers; 2. Positive series, convergence criteria, relative and absolute convergence; 3. Sequences and series of functions, Weierstrass majorant criterion; 4. Power series, domain of convergence; 5. Fourier real and complex series, applications; 6. Basic properties of n-dimensional Euclidean space; 7. Limits of several variable functions, continuity; 8. Partial derivatives, gradient, total differential, directional derivative, tangent plane; 9. Higher order derivatives, Hessian matrix; 10. Differential calculus for vector valued functions, Jacobian matrix; 11. Extreme of several variable function and its applications; 12. Relative extrema.

14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate, written final exam.

15. Recommended reading 1. E. Zakon, Mathematical Analysis I and II, The Trillia Group, 2004; 2. B. S. Schroder, Mathematical Analysis: A Concise Introduction, JohnWiley&Sons, 2008; 3. G.M. Fihtenholtz, Course in the Differential and Integral Calculus vol. I, II, III, Nauka, Moscow, 1969.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Ścięgosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Calculus III (Mathematical Analysis III) 2. Course code 3. Form of class T030 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 3rd or above 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermediate 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Fundamental knowledge of differential and integral calculus of one and multivariable real functions (Calculus I and II courses), experience with mathematical language and proofs.

12. Objectives of the course Introducing of students to integral calculus of functions of several variables and providing the background for more advanced courses.

13. Teaching program 1. Definition and main properties of a double integral; 2. Change of a double integral to an iterate integral; 3. Change of variables in a double integral; 4. Applications of a double integral to geometry and physics; 5. Definition and main properties of a triple integral; 6. Change of a triple integral to an iterate integral; 7. Change of variables in a triple integral; 8. Applications of a triple integral to geometry and physics; 9. Parametric form of curves in 3-D space; 10. Line integral of a scalar fields, definition, properties and change to definite integral; 11. Line integral of a vector fields, definition, properties and change to definite integral; 12. Potential of vector field, path independence; 13. Line integral of a vector field in 2-D space, Green?s theorem; 14. Parametric form of surfaces; 15. Surface integral of a scalar fields, definition, properties and change to double integral; 16. Surface integral of a vector fields, definition, properties and change to double integral; 17. Rotation and divergence, Gauss-Ostrogradsy?s and Stokes? theorems and their applications.

14. Assessment methods Written and oral assessment, individual elaborate, written final exam.

15. Recommended reading 1. E. Zakon, Mathematical Analysis I and II, The Trillia Group, 2004; 2. B. S. Schroder, Mathematical Analysis: A Concise Introduction, JohnWiley&Sons, 2008; 3. G.M. Fihtenholtz, Course in the Differential and Integral Calculus vol. I, II, III, Nauka, Moscow, 1969.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Ścięgosz Hanna, h.sciegosz@po.opole.pl

Faculty of Economics and Managment 4 WaryĹ&#x201E;skiego str., 45-047 Opole, Poland phone: (+48) 77 449 88 00, tel./fax: (+48) 77 449 88 16 e-mail: wz@po.opole.pl, http://www.zarzadzanie.opole.pl FIELDS OF STUDY - Management (BSc,) - European Studies (BSc, MSc) - Administration (BSc) - Economics (BSc, MSc) FACULTY DEPARTMENTS - Finance and Business Management - Marketing and Logistics - Labour Market and Human Capital - Life-long Learning and International Studies - Economics and Regional Research - Operations Research in Management - Law on Public and Private Economic Activities - Intellectual Property, Administrative and European LawRegional Policy - Development Economics and Economic Policy - Cultural Heritage FACULTY ERASMUS COORDINATOR Jolanta Maj, PhD; Economics and Managment The Faculty of Economics and Management currently offers a broad range of studies on both Bachelor and Master degrees.

The majority of the academic staff participates in research projects which are mostly conducted under statutory research programmes as well as the Faculty's own programmes. The Faculty's main research activities are concentrated on: sustainable socio-economic and ecological growth in regional development, system transformation influence on demographic situation and education of human capital in the Silesia region, conditions of balanced regional development in Poland following European Union accession (particularly external migration processes and Opole region), mathematic aid in regional development programming, the role of work resources in the formation of Silesia region competitiveness, seasonal migrations from the Silesia region to the European Union countries (diagnosis and forecast), selected problems of European Union law, particularly Common Foreign Policy and European Union security, marketing and logistics integration ? premises, determinants, symptoms and effects.

In addition to research conducted under statutory research programmes and as the Faculty's own programmes, the Faculty staff takes part in research projects within European Union Programmes mostly in cooperation with governmental organizations and industrial enterprises. The Faculty has a Development Projects Office whose main task is to administer the development projects realized by the Faculty and assistance in acquiring new projects. Faculty staff members are members of various scientific and technical organizations and associations.

Course code AL005 AL010 AL013 AL014 AL015 AL016 AL017 AL020 AL023 AL027 AL029 AL034 AL040 AL041 AL042 AL046 AL047 AL055 EKL008 EKL011 EKL022 EKL034 EKL040 EKM001 EKM002 EKM003 EKM004 EKM006 EKM009 EKM015 EKM016 EKM017 EKM018 EKM024 EKM032 EL008 EL009 EL010 EL011 EL014 EL015 EL019 EL028 EL028 EL029 EL032 EL033 EL039 EL042 EL052 EM002 EM004

Course name International Law Basic in Jurisprudence Constitutional Law Administrative Law I Administration Law II Administrative Procedure Managing and Administration of Local Authority Pro Fundamentals of Labour Law and Rights of Officials Sociology and social research methods Statistics with Demography Techniques of negotiations and Mediations in Administration Commercial Law Conflicts Resolution Accounting and Finance of Companies Project Management and Administration Marketing and Market Research Personal- und Bildungswesen Diritto europeo / The European Law Microeconomics Mathematics Economic Analysis Managerial Accounting Techniques of negotiations and Mediations in Business Managerial Economics Macroeconomics Statistical Inference Econometric modelling and forecasting History of Economic Thought Human Capital Management Analysis and Strategic Planning Concepts of Management Controlling in the Management Company pricing and value shaping Leadership and the art of creative thinking Social research methods Society and Culture of Europe I Society and Culture of Europe II Economics I Economics II European Law I European Law II Political Systems of European Countries Regional Policy of EU European Union Regional Policy Europe in International Relations Modern History of Poland Demographic processes in Europe Basics of Marketing and Market Research Organization and Functioning of Public Administration Sociology and Psychology of Management Culture Identities in Europe EU`s Common Foreign and Security Policy

ECTS credits 2 6 6 4 6 5 4 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 3 6 6 5 6 5 7 6 7 7 3 3 7 7 5 5 3 5 6 6 7 8 5 6 4 3 3 5 4 3 6 6 3 5 5

EM005 EM007 EM014 EM015 EM017 EM032 EM045 EMK020 EMK030 EMK034 EMK044 EMKO44 ZL003 ZL008 ZL009 ZL014 ZL015 ZL016 ZL018 ZL018 ZL019 ZL021 ZL022 ZL023 ZL024 ZL034 ZL035 ZL037 ZL042 ZL042 ZPH001 ZZL041

Administration, Home Affairs and Justice Administr Polish Foreign Policy Financial Statement Standards European Administrative Law Etiquette and diplomatic protocol in the administr Local governments in the countries of the European Art Market Quality Policy Social Economics Programming of local and regional development policy Strategic Management Strategic Management Information Technology Fundamentals of Management Science of Organization Mathematics in Economics and Management Descriptive Statistics Organizational Behavior Information Technology in Management Human Resources Management Quality Management Basics of Marketing Marketing Research Financial Accounting Corporate Finance Decision making Innovation in Business Marketing in trade and services Organizational Culture Oragnizational Culture Sustainable Regional Development Ecological Management

4 7 3 4 3 3 3 5 7 7 7 7 2 8 6 7 6 4 4 6 6 6 8 6 7 5 5 5 3 3 4 3

1. Course title International Law 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL005 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The course aims to give students theoretical knowledge sufficient to begin superior studies or to begin to professional life. The goal is to develop critical thinking and curiosity of students, enabling them to approach the rules and to analyze them with the basic knowledge required.

13. Teaching program A - Introduction, and Approaches to International Law: What is International Law? International (Community) Order.

International law definition International Law and Domestic law.

Sources of international law (international treaties, custom, and general principles of law).

B - Topics in International Law: ? Human Rights Law. ? International Environmental Law. ? International Criminal Law. ? International Economic Law. C - Principles of International Law. the Concepts of Fundamental Principles of International Law. a-principle of national sovereignty. b-the principle of self-determination of peoples. c-the fulfillment of international obligations.

D - Subjects of International Law a- the State ? legal elements of the State ? classification of States ? formation of State ? recognition of states ? fall of states ? succession of States b- Other Subjects of International Law. ? autonomous Territories ? community insurgent c- International Organizations ? classification of international organizations. ? statutes of international organizations ? membership of international organizations ? vote and resolutions of international organizations E - International Agreements ? concepts and classification of international agreements ? conclusion of international agreements ? duration and implementation of international agreements ? invalidity, and expiration of international agreements F - International Disputes ? concepts and classification of international disputes ? diplomatic means of settling international disputes ? The judicial means of settling international disputes G - Armed Conflict ? concepts and classification of armed conflicts ? Prevention of armed conflict ? regime of armed conflict End of armed conflict 14. Assessment methods Lecture Activity performed using audiovisual techniques, supplemented by case studies, group work and discussions with students and encouraging them actively to engage in problem solving

15. Recommended reading 1) International Law Malcolm Nathan Shaw. 5 edition, Editor Cambridge University Press, 2003.

2) Modern Introduction to International Law, (International politics/Public international law).

Peter Malanczuk, Michael Barton Akehurst Redactors Peter Malanczuk, Michael Barton Akehurst, 7 edition, Editor Routledge, 1997.

3) International law. AutorAlan Vaughan Lowe, Clarendon law series. Editor Oxford University Press, 2007.

4) International law.

Antonio Cassese. Editor Oxford University Press, 2001.

5) The Settlement of Disputes in International Law: Institutions and Procedures.

John Collier, Vaughan Lowe. Editor Oxford University Press, 2000.

6) Principles of public international law.

Ian Brownlie. 2 ed, Editor Clarendon Press, 1973.

7) International law Valerie Epps. 2 edition, Editor Carolina Academic Press, 2001.

8) International Law: Examples & Explanations.

Recommended reading in French : Cours de droit international public.

Frantz Despagnet ? Elinbron classics series. 2006 Adsamant media corporation.

2) Le droit international théorique et pratique.

Carlos Calvo - Nabu Press, 2011 (tome I ).

3) Droit international public, (Cours et travaux deriges).

Emmanuel Decaux (Dalloz 7eme Edition).

4) Droit international public.

Pierre-Marie Dupuy; Yann Kerbrat (Dalloz 10 Edition).

5) Droit international public.

Jean Combacau et Serge Sur. Montchrestien; 9eme Edition (5 octobre 2010) - collection : Précis domat.

6) Droit international public.

Patrick Daillier - Editeur LGDJ; 8 eme Édition (10 novembre 2009).

7) Droit international public.

Eric Canal-Forgues, Patrick Rimbaud - Editeur Flammarion 2007.

8) Droit international public.

Jean-claude Zarka. Editeur Ellips 2011 (2eme Edition).

Recommended reading in Italian: 1) Manuale di Diritto Internazionale Pubblico - Parte generale Autori Curti Gialdino Carlo, Monaco Riccardo.

Editore Utet Giuridica Anno: 2009 Edizione: III. 2) Titolo: Diritto Internazionale Benedetto Conforti. Editore: Editoriale Scientifica (2010).

3) Diritto Internazionale.

Antonio Cassese. Editore Il Mulino (2006).

4) Diritto Internazionale. Problemi fondamentali Tullio Treves. Editore Giuffr? (2005).

5) Introduzione al Diritto Internazionale.

Natalino Ronzitti. Editore: Giappichelli - Edizione: 3 (2009).

6) L'efficacia dei Trattati sui Diritti Umani Deborah Russo. Editore Giuffr? (2012).

7) Istituzioni di Diritto Internazionale.

Editore: Giappichelli. Edizione: 4° (2011).

8) Corso di Diritto Internazionale.

Enzo Cannizzaro. Editore: Giuffr? (2011).

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Edaich Said, s.edaich@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basic in Jurisprudence 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL010 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The course aims to give students theoretical knowledge sufficient to begin superior studies or to begin to professional life. The goal is to develop critical thinking and curiosity of students, enabling them to approach the rules and to analyze them with the basic knowledge required.

13. Teaching program Notion of law (and society). The law as a set of objective rules (objective law) Real Right and Personal Right The Characteristics of the rule of law The rule of law is imperative The rule of law is general The rule of law is permanent The law has a social purpose The fields of law a - Private law b - The public law c - Mixed law d - The private international Law e - The public international Law The Sources of Law a - Direct Sources Legislation: concept of legislation, legislation and Regulation Binding force of law Birth and death of the law The repeal of the law b - The Custom Development of custom Binding of custom c-The Jurisprudence d-The Doctrine The judicial organization The judiciary courts The courts of first instance: Civil court, penal court. The higher court: the court of appeal The Court of Cassation The Administrative Jurisdictions The Council of State Administrative tribunals The administrative courts of appeal Jurisdictions of External order The Disputes Tribunal The Constitutional Council The European Courts The Court of Justice of European Communities The European Court of Human Rights The Domain of the application of the rule of law In Space In Time.

14. Assessment methods Lecture Activity performed using audiovisual techniques, supplemented by case studies, group work and discussions with students and encouraging them actively to engage in problem solving.

15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Edaich Said, s.edaich@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Constitutional Law 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL013 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 Corso 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction Italian 11. Prerequisites Introduzione alla giurisprudenza / Introduction to jurisprudence 12. Objectives of the course Il trasmettere agli studenti una scienza riguardante i principi del regime economico e sociale in Repubblica Polacca, dei fonti di diritti vigenti in Polonia e del sistema degli organi del potere pubblico secondo la Costituzione RP del 1997 (K_W03, K_W04, K_W05, K_U02, K_U04, K_U06) 13. Teaching program Sistema governativo e giuridico in Polonia, i principi fondamentali, i fonti dei diritti, Il separazione (divisione) dei poteri, il Parlamento, il Presidente della Repubblica Polacca, il Consiglio dei Ministri, l'Amministrazione della giustizia, Corte Costituzionale, Corte dello Stato, gli organi del controllo statale, il Referendum nazionale, regionale e costituzionale, il sistema di dei diritti e liberte' fondamentali degli Uomini 14. Assessment methods Esame orale (o lavoro scritto)- Colloquio / oral exam (or essay) 15. Recommended reading B. Banaszak, Outline of Polish Constitutional Law, wyd. UWr, Wrocław 2005 Polish Constitutional Law. The Constitution and selected statutory materials, Chancellery of the Sejm, Warszawa 2009 L. Garlicki, Polskie prawo konstytucyjne. Zarys wykładu, wyd. Liber, wyd. 15, Warszawa 2011 M. Bartoszewicz, M. Haczkowska, System organów państwowych według Konstytucji Rzeczypospolitej Polskiej. Podręcznik akademicki Opole 2010 Konstytucja RP z 2 kwietnia 1997 r. (Dz. U. z 1997 r. Nr 78, poz. 483) 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Bartoszewicz Michał, m.bartoszewicz@po.opole.pl dr Haczkowska Monika, m.haczkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Administrative Law I 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL014 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Public Administration 12. Objectives of the course Provide students with knowledge of the basic problems of public administration and administrative law in National and European Contexts 13. Teaching program Approaches to Public Administration; National models of Public Administration; International and European Standards of Public Administration and Administrative Law; Sources of Administrative Law; State Administration, Governmental Administration and Central Administration; Decentralisation of Public Administration; Organ of Public Administration; Offices of Public Administration; Idea of individual administrative decision Supervision and control in Public Administration; Administrative Law in European Perspectives 14. Assessment methods oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading - H. Izdebski, Introducuion to Public Administration and Administrative Law, Liber, Warszawa 2006, - Jacek Jagielski, Administrative Law, in: Introduction to Polish Law, edited by Stanislaw Frankowski, Kluwer Law International 2006, p. 153-188.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Przybylska Monika, m.przybylska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Administration Law II 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL015 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 studies 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Public Administration 12. Objectives of the course Provide students with knowledge of the basic problems of public administration and administrative law in National and European Contexts 13. Teaching program Approaches to Public Administration; National models of Public Administration; International and European Standards of Public Administration and Administrative Law; Sources of Administrative Law; State Administration, Governmental Administration and Central Administration; Decentralisation of Public Administration; Organ of Public Administration; Offices of Public Administration; Idea of individual administrative decision Supervision and control in Public Administration; Administrative Law in European Perspectives 14. Assessment methods oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading -H. Izdebski, Introducuion to Public Administration and Administrative Law, Liber, Warszawa 2006, -Jacek Jagielski, Administrative Law, in: Introduction to Polish Law, edited by Stanislaw Frankowski, Kluwer Law International 2006, p. 153-188 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Przybylska Monika, m.przybylska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Administrative Procedure 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL016 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 studies 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Public Administration and Administrative Law 12. Objectives of the course Provide students with knowledge of the basic problems of administrative procedure 13. Teaching program Approaches to Public Administration; Standards of National and European administrative procedure; Sources of Administrative procedure; Organ of Public Administration; Offices of Public Administration; Standards of general administrative procedure; Standards of two-instance procedure; Standards of preliminary administrative procedure (proceedings initiated upon the demand of a party and proceedings initiated ex officio); Standards of procedure for taking of evidence (investigation proceedings); Standards of adjudicative administrative proceedings (idea of individual administrative decision) Review of non-final administrative decision and final administrative decision

14. Assessment methods oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading -M. BiĹ&#x201E;kowska, A. CheĹ&#x201A;chowski, R. Walawender, The code of Administrative Proceedings, C. H. Beck, Warszawa 2010.

-Jacek Jagielski, Administrative Law, in: Introduction to Polish Law, edited by Stanislaw Frankowski, Kluwer Law International 2006, p. 153-188.

-H. Izdebski, Introducuion to Public Administration and Administrative Law, Liber, Warszawa 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl dr Przybylska Monika, m.przybylska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Managing and Administration of Local Authority Pro 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL017 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Theoretical preparation from other courses, i.e. Management 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to put projects into practise.

13. Teaching program - Types of projects.

- Basic parameters of projects.

- Organisation structures in projects execution.

- Team selection and work division.

- Methods of projects management.

- Network technology.

- Projects schedule.

- Gantt?s graph.

- Costs management.

- Risk in project.

- Cases 14. Assessment methods - students participation in classes, - project, - practical tasks, - activity.

15. Recommended reading A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, PMI 2000 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fundamentals of Labour Law and Rights of Officials 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL020 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The course aims to give students theoretical knowledge sufficient to begin superior studies or to begin to professional life. The goal is to develop critical thinking and curiosity of students, enabling them to approach the rules and to analyze them with the basic knowledge required.

13. Teaching program A - History and concepts of labor law -Definition of labor law -Collective labor law -Individual labor law -Principles of labor law B - International Organizations: - The International Labor Organization - International conference of Labors C - Institutions of labor law: - The employer - Employee - Work - Health and safety in labor place - The Syndicate D - Contracts of employment: - Parties - The subject contract.

- Rights and responsibilities.

- Conditions of employment.

- Redemption of the employment contract.

E - Safety in the Workplace: - Employee Insurance - European Agency for Safety and Health at Work (EU-OSHA) - The European Risk Observatory - Anti-discrimination - The list of acts of anti-discrimination F - The organization of labor market (in a global system).

G- Civil service law - The concept of civil service law and public administration - Sources of civil service law - The concept of an official (civil servant); - Legal nature of the official position - Rights and duties of Official - The Europeanization of civil service law - The employment 14. Assessment methods Lecture Activity performed using audiovisual techniques, supplemented by case studies, group work and discussions with students and encouraging them actively to engage in problem solving

15. Recommended reading 1) Civil service systems in Western Europe.

A. J. G. M. Bekke, Frits M. Meer, - Editor Edward Elgar Publishing, 2000.

2) The New Public Service: Serving Not Steering.

Janet Vinzant Denhardt, Robert B. Denhardt, - Editor M.E. Sharpe, 2007.

3) Modernizing Civil Services.

Tony Butcher, Andrew Massey, - Editor Edward Elgar Publishing, 2003.

4) Public Management Reform: A Comparative.

Christopher Pollitt, Geert Bouckaert, 2 edition ? Editor Oxford University Press, 2004.

5) Labour Law and Labour Market Regulation: Essays on the Construction, Constitution and Regulation of Labour Markets and Work Relationships.

6) The Law of Work.

Rosemary Owens, Joellen Riley, Jill Murray, 2 edition- Editor Oxford University Press, 2011.

7) The Future Of Labour Law. Catherine Barnard, Simon F. Deakin, B. A. Hepple, Gillian S. Morris, - Editor Hart Publishing, 2004.

8) Labour Law. Simon F. Deakin, Gillian S. Morris, 4 edition, - Editor Hart Pub., 2005.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Edaich Said, s.edaich@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Sociology and social research methods 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL023 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 1 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course By the end of the course, and having completed the essential reading and activities the student will be able to: view people?s behavior from a sociological perspective, discuss the development of sociology as a science; describe the three major sociological perspectives?Functionalist, Conflict, and Interactionist; Explain the elements of a culture and how culture is different from society; Explain the relationships between social structure, social stratification, and the consequences of social status; Describe how inequality and other social factors contribute to social change; Summarize the relationship between socialization and the family. The student will become familiar with various methods used in sociological research, formulate researchable questions, and design a research project to answer a research question 13. Teaching program ?What is Sociology? Asking and Answering Sociological Questions; ?Research Methods ?Theories and Perspectives in Sociology ?Globalization and the Changing World ?Social Interaction and Everyday Life ?The Life-Course: Culture, society and child socialization, Gender socialization, Ageing ?Families and Intimate Relationships ?Stratification and Social Class ?Poverty, Social Exclusion and Welfare; Global Inequality ?Sexuality and Gender; Race, Ethnicity and Migration; Religion ?The Media, Organizations and Networks ?Work and Economic Life; Politics, Government and Social Movements 14. Assessment methods Graded research project, written exam 15. Recommended reading J. Adams, Research Methods for Graduate Business and Social Science Students, 2007.

A. Giddens, Sociology 6th edition, 2009.

G. Guthrie, Basic Research Methods : An Entry to Social Science Research, 2010.

K. Singh, Quantitative Social Research Methods, 2007.

N. Walliman, Social Research Methods, 2006.

K. Yang, Making Sense of Statistical Methods in Social Research, 2010.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Maj Jolanta, j.maj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Statistics with Demography 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL027 Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course After completion of this course, the student will be able to identify appropriate sources of data and perform basic demographic analyses using various techniques.

13. Teaching program ?Introduction to Statistics and Demography ?Basic Sources of Statistics; Collection and Processing of Demographic Data ?Descriptive statistics. Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, measures of asymmetry. Empirical distributions and its graphics illustrations. ?Regression and correlation analysis. Correlation coefficients: Pearson correlation and Spearman?s rho. Scatterplot. Simple linear regression. Method of least squares. ?Population Size; Age and Sex Composition; Population ageing ?Marriage, Divorce, and Family Groups ?Educational and Economic Characteristics ?Mortality, Natality 14. Assessment methods Practical assignments and final exam.

15. Recommended reading Swanson, David, Siegel, Jacob S., Shryock, Henry S.; Methods and Materials of Demography; 2004.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Maj Jolanta, j.maj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Techniques of negotiations and Mediations in Administration 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL029 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Student will: - learn about types of negotiation and mediation techniques - learn how to prepare himself for the negotiations - learn how to conduct effective and ethical negotiation and mediation know how to prepare the place of negotiations 13. Teaching program 1. The nature of negotiations.

2. How to prepare for the negotiations.

3. The importance of first impressions.

4. The positional negotiations.

5. The integrative negotiations.

6. Multilateral negotiations.

7. Selection and preparation of place of the negotiations.

8. The specificity of international and intercultural negotiations.

9. Art and the importance of mediation in the administration.

10. Ethics of negotiation and mediation.

14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading R. Fisher, B. Patton, W. Ury, Getting to yes: Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In , NY 1991, W. Ury, Getting past no : negotiating your way from confrontation to cooperation, NY 1993 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ociepa Marcin, m.ociepa@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Commercial Law 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL034 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The course aims to give students theoretical knowledge sufficient to begin superior studies or to begin to professional life. The goal is to develop critical thinking and curiosity of students, enabling them to approach the rules and to analyze them with the basic knowledge required.

13. Teaching program Introduction: Brief history of commercial law A - Definition and principles of commercial law - Definition - Commercial Law: law of merchants or law of commercial acts.

- Evolution of Commercial Law (Entrepreneurship Law), (business law).

- Principles of Commercial Law. - The sources of commercial law: national sources, international sources, Custom, usage and self-regulation.

B - Commercial Transactions and the Concept Merchant.

- The acquisition and loss of merchant status.

- The legal capacity of the merchant.

- The rights and obligations of the merchant.

C - The Proof in Commercial Law. D - Le ?Fond de Commerce? (the Business), - The sale and transfer of ?fond de commerce?.

E - The commercial lease, (droit de bail).

F - Company Law. - definition of Company.

- categories of companies.

- Company contract.

- Legal personality of company.

- The dissolution of the company.

G - The commercial contracts.

H - The Competition Law (concurrence) and consumer protection.

I ? harmonization process of Commercial Law (UNIDROIT PRINCIPLES).

14. Assessment methods Lecture Activity performed using audiovisual techniques, supplemented by case studies, group work and discussions with students and encouraging them actively to engage in problem solving

15. Recommended reading 1) Commercial Law. Cavendish. 3 edition - Editor Routledge, 2002.

2) Commercial Law. Robert Bradgate, Fidelma White - Editor Oxford University Press, 2007.

3) Commercial Law. Robert Bradgate, Fidelma White - Edotor Oxford University Press, 2008.

4) Commercial Law. Dobson, K. J. Reddy, Jo Reddy, 3 edition- Editor Routledge, 2003.

5) Commercial law. Jonathan Fitchen, 7 edition ? Editor Taylor and Francis, 2010.

6) Commercial law Albert H. Putney, - Editor Cree publishing company, 1909.

7) Commercial Law of the European Union. GabriĂŤl Moens, John TroneTom. 4 z Ius Gentium, Editor Springer, 2010.

8) commercial law: a manual of the fundamental principles governing business transactions 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Edaich Said, s.edaich@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Conflicts Resolution 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL040 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Student is required to know what conflict is, what types of conflict one can distinguish and what are the methods of conflict resolution. Familiarization of psychological mechanisms of conflict rise, and acquiring knowledge about communication process is aimed at practical conflict resolution in organization environment.

13. Teaching program CONFLICT DEFINITION. POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE EFFECTS OF CONFLICT. CONFLICT TYPES EMOTIONS IN CONFLICT ANSWERS FORMULATION. ACTIVE LISTENING. MEDIATION PROCESS AND SIMULATION. COMMUNICATION IN CONFLICT. NEGOTIATIONS PROCESS AND SIMULATION CONFLICT RESOLUTION METHODS. LAWSUIT SIMULATION MEDIATORS ROLE. Conflicts at work 14. Assessment methods discussion, staging, situation analysis, written work 15. Recommended reading Edelmann R.J., Interpersonal conflicts at work, British Psychological Society, Leicester, 1993 Fisher R., Ury W., Patton B., Getting to yes. Negotiating agreement without giving in. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt , 1991 Deutsch M., Coleman P.T, The Handbook of conflict resolution: Theory and Practice. San Francisco: jossey-Bass Moore Ch.W., Practical strategies for resolving conflicts. San Francisco: Jossey bass, 1993 Cloke K., Goldsmith J., resolving conflicts at work. Jon Wileys and Sons, 2011 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Accounting and Finance of Companies 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL041 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Usage basics rules in financial and accountancy scope to manage enterprises and their finance 13. Teaching program National financial system in market economy. Streams and financial resources in economy. Connections between enterprise?s financial system and national financial system.

Finance and investment principles - outside capital and its acquisition. Cost of equity and outside capital. Investment, methods of accounting investment projects. Accounting as an enterprise informational system. Accountancy essentials and principles. Assets and capitals of enterprises - balance. Accounting transactions. Principles of accounts functioning, accounts scheme. Incomes and costs in enterprise accountancy. Financial statement as a information source of financial standing (balance reading, analysis of profit and loss account). Financial result ? setting and setting of enterprise financial standing 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading Curran, Accounting Fundamentals, Mcgraw-Hill 2005.

C. Gowthrope, Business Accounting And Finance: For Non Specialists, TL 2003.

C. Warren, J. Reeve, P. Fess, Accounting And Finance. A Firm Foundation, TL 2001.

A. Damodaran, Applied Corporate Finance, WILEY 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Project Management and Administration 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL042 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 intermedia 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Theoretical preparation from other courses, i.e. Management 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to put projects into practise.

13. Teaching program - Glossary, - Definition and types of projects.

- Basic parameters of projects.

- Examples of big world projects.

- Project life cycle.

- Project initiation.

- Organisation stuctures in projects execution.

- Team selection and work division.

- Methods of projects management.

- Network technology.

- Projects schedule.

- Gantt?s graph.

- Costs management.

- Risk in project.

Cases ? examples of local authority projects.

14. Assessment methods - credit based on students participation in classes, - project, - practical tasks, activity 15. Recommended reading A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge, PMI 2000.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Marketing and Market Research 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL046 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge about organization; structure, functions and environment of organization. methods of research used in Marketing 12. Objectives of the course The most important goal of the subject is for students to understand the importance of a Marketing in the organization, its general concept and presence in life, methods of Market research used to improve functioning of organization 13. Teaching program - Basic concepts of marketing - Marketing environment - Consumers and their behavior on the Market - Market segmentation - Product - Price - Promotion - Advertisement, Public relations - Distribution - Marketing Information System - Market research methods - Examples and case studies 14. Assessment methods Test and grade from working in groups 15. Recommended reading Gary Armstrong,Michael Harker,Philip Kotler,Ross Brennan: Marketing: An Introduction Jerzy Altkorn, Basics of Marketing 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Personal- und Bildungswesen 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL047 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction German 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Es werden Grundkenntnisse zu Themen des Human Resource Managements erworben, sowie zur Ausrichtung der aktuellen HRM Fragen und dem Erwerb von Kompetenzen bei der Schaffung und Leitung eines Teams.

13. Teaching program W채hrend des Kurses werden nachstehende Themen besprochen: - Phasen der Entwicklung beim Human Resourcing - Management-Modelle f체r das Personalwesen - Mitarbeiterrekrutierung und -auswahl - Mitarbeiterintegration - Mitarbeitermotivation - Aus-und Weiterbildung - Coaching - Soziale Interaktionen und ihre Rolle - Problemstellung: professioniertes Burnout - Outplacement 14. Assessment methods Um die ECTS Punkte zu erhalten muss man: - w채hrend 87% der Lektionen anwesend sein - aktiv an der Diskussion teilnehmen - den letzten Test/die Seminararbeit positiv bestehen

15. Recommended reading Deutsche Literatur (grundlegende): - Jung H., Personalwirtschaft, Oldenbourg Verlag München, Oldenbourg 2009.

- Olfert K., Lexikon Personalwirtschaft, Kiehl, Herne 2008.

- Becker M., Personalwirtschaft ? Lehrbuch für Studium und Praxis, Schäffer-Poeschel Verlag, 2010.

- Hohlbaum A., Olesch G., Human Resources - Modernes Personalwesen, Merkur Verlag, August 2010.

- Weeraratne M., Personalmanagement. Personalentwicklung als Instrument zur Steigerung des Human Capital Wertes, VDM Verlag, August 2010.

- Buehner R., Personalmanagement, Oldenbourg Wissenschaftliche Verlag, November 2004.

- Oechsler W. A., Personal und Arbeit. Grundlagen des Human Resource Management und der Arbeitgeber-Arbeitnehmer-Beziehungen, Oldenbourg Wissenschaftliche Verlag, Januar 2006.

Polnische Literatur (zusätzliche): - Armstrong M., Zarządzanie zasobami ludzkimi, ABC, Kraków 2003.

- Griffin R.W., Podstawy zarządzania organizacjami, Wydawnictwo Naukowe PWN, Warszawa 2006.

- Kostera M., Zarządzanie personelem, PWE, Warszawa 2000.

- Borkowska S., Zarządzanie zasobami ludzkimi: teraźniejszość i przyszłość, IPiSS, Warszawa 2006.

- Pocztowski A., Zarządzanie zasobami ludzkimi w procesach fuzji i przejęć, Oficyna Ekonomiczna, Kraków 2004.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Mazur-Katja Katarzyna, k.mazur-katja@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Diritto europeo / The European Law 2. Course code 3. Form of class AL055 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional VI 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 Corso 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of State and Law / Conoscenze di base dello Stato e Diritto 12. Objectives of the course Fornire agli studenti una conoscenza dei principi del sistema giuridico, economico e sociale del Unione Europea, le fonti del diritto in UE, il sistema di istituzioni specificato in trattati di UE/ Provide students with knowledge of the principles of the legal system, economic and social system of the European Union, the sources of EU law, the system of institutions regulated in the EU treaties 13. Teaching program Natura giuridica, gli obiettivi e i principi di base dell'UE; fonti del diritto comunitario; principio del primato del diritto comunitario, principio dell'efficacia diretta, principio di sussidiarieta' e di proporzionalita', principio della responsabilita' degli Stati membri; querelle dirette e questione pregiudiziale alla Corte di Giustizia dell'UE; le procedure di legge per il processo decisionale; la liberta' dell Trattato UE; diritto della concorrenza in UE / Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law 14. Assessment methods Esame orale o lavoro scritto / oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading Il Trattato dell'UE (1992) il Trattato sul funzionamento dell'Unione Europea Adam, Tizzano, Lineamenti di diritto dell'Unione Europea, 2. ed. Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 Daniele, Diritto dell'Unione europea, 4. ed., Milano, Giuffre', 2010 Cannizzaro, Mastroianni, Sbolci, Diritto dell'Unione europea, Parte speciale, Estratto (a cura di Strozzi), 3 ed., Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Haczkowska Monika, m.haczkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Microeconomics 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKL008 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Understanding the basic microeconomics category, understanding principles of function the main subjects in the economy of public system , understating to influence of economy system on management area 13. Teaching program Nature of microeconomics, consumer behavior and individual demand, market demand, optimal input combinations and cost functions, market structure, price and output ( perfect competition, monopoly, monopolistic competition, oligopoly) 14. Assessment methods On the basis of participation in discussions 15. Recommended reading N.G. Mankiw , Principles of Microeconomics, O'Sullivan, S. Sheffrin, St. Perez, Microeconomics: Principles, Applications, and Tools C. R. McConnell Microeconomics 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mathematics 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKL011 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites This course is intended for students who have a limited background in mathematics.

12. Objectives of the course This course introduces students to the mathematical language, skills and techniques necessary for success in many of today's fields. Emphasis is placed on applications in business. Developing skills of view expression on the basis of mathematical conceptions, symbols and terms.

13. Teaching program 1. Review of fundamental 2. Matrices. Operations on matrices. Determinants and matrix inversion.

2. Systems of linear equations. Systems of linear inequalities.

3. Relations and functions.

4. Sequences, series and limits.

5. Differentiation (function of one variable).

7. Optimization 8. Differentiation (function of more than one variable) 9. Integration.

10. Differential equation.

14. Assessment methods Practical assignments. Final exam.

15. Recommended reading M. Timbrell, Mathematics for economists: an introduction, Blackwell, Oxford 1990.

M.Rosser, Basic Mathematics for Economists, Routledge, London 2003.

V. C. Mavron, T. N. Phillips, Elements of Mathematics for Economics and Finance Springer-Verlag, London 2007 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Szewczyk MirosĹ&#x201A;awa, m.szewczyk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Economic Analysis 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKL022 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding and usage of methods and analytical techniques in enterprises activities. Interrelationship results of economic analyses with decision system in enterprise.

13. Teaching program Methodical basics of economic analyses. Conditions and bases of interpretation and presentation results of economic analyses. Information sources in economic analyses scope.

Economic analysis enterprises ? balance sheet and cash flow, rates analyses. Analysis: production, costs, employment, sale, prices. Business plan and enterprise?s strategy.

Economic projects estimation. Estimation of investment efficiency. Accounting techniques of measurement investment projects. Discount rate. Quantitative and qualitative methods in branches and markets analyses. Prices deformities and calculation prices of commercial and non commercial goods 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading G. Friedlob, Essentials Of Financial Analysis, WILEY 2003.

L. Bernstein, J. Wild, Analysis Of Financial Statements, Mcgraw-Hill 2000.

K. Palepu, Business Analysis And Valuation, SOUTH WESTERN 2004.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Managerial Accounting 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKL034 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 IIIrd year of first8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding and treatment of the conception and instruments of managerial accountancy in a field of enterprise management 13. Teaching program The essence and the functions of managerial accountancy. The cost information significance in short and long-term decisions. Managerial accountancy of responsibility centres and its place in managerial information system. Balanced scorecard.

14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test at the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading [1] Atkinson, R. Kaplan, S. Young, Management Accounting, PRENTICE HALL, 2004, 4th edition.

[2] M. Young, Reading Management Accounting, PRENTICE HALL, 2004, 3th edition.

[3] J. Zimmerman, Accounting for decision making and control, McGraw-Hill, 2003, 4th edition [4] W. Allan, Fundamentals of Management Accounting, Elsevier 2008.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Techniques of negotiations and Mediations in Business 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKL040 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VI 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basci 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Student will: - learn about types of negotiation and mediation techniques - learn how to prepare himself for the negotiations - learn how to conduct effective and ethical negotiation and mediation know how to prepare the place of negotiations 13. Teaching program 1. The nature of negotiations.

2. How to prepare for the negotiations.

3. The importance of first impressions.

4. The positional negotiations.

5. The integrative negotiations.

6. Multilateral negotiations.

7. Selection and preparation of place of the negotiations.

8. The specificity of international and intercultural negotiations.

9. Art and the importance of mediation in the administration.

10. Ethics of negotiation and mediation.

14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading R. Fisher, B. Patton, W. Ury, Getting to yes: Negotiating Agreement Without Giving In , NY 1991, W. Ury, Getting past no : negotiating your way from confrontation to cooperation, NY 1993 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ociepa Marcin, m.ociepa@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Managerial Economics 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM001 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VIII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding the essence, rules and instruments of managerial economics.

13. Teaching program The main aims of managerial economics. The stage of decisions process. The demand analysis and its determinants. Price and income elastic of demand. Production?s costs analysis. Monopolistic and perfect competition. Oligopoly. Imperfect market. The strategies of negotiations. Sensitivity analysis. The evaluation of investment activity.

14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading 1. Gupta, Managerial Economics, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2001.

2. T. J. Webster, Managerial Economics: Theory and Practice, Acad. Press, 2003.

3. M. Hirschey, Fundamentals of Managerial Economics, Cengage Learning,2008.

4. Michael R. Baye, Managerial economics and business strategy, McGraw-Hill, 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Macroeconomics 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM002 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 1st 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic economic knowledge 12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to provide the students opportunity to gain or enhance basic macroeconomic knowledge 13. Teaching program -Introduction to macroeconomics -System od National Accounts -National income and price determination -Consumption and Saving -Money market -Inflation -Monetary and fiscal policy -Economic growth and development -Macroeconomic shocks and fluctuation 14. Assessment methods Case studies and an end-of-course test 15. Recommended reading David Begg, Stanley Fischer, Rudiger Dornbusch, Economics, London 2005.

David Andolfatto, Macroeconomic Theory and Policy Preliminary Draft - http://www.sfu.ca/~dandolfa/macro2005.pdf Milton Freedman, Capitalsm and Freedom, University of Chicago Press, 2002.

N. Gregory Mankiw, Macroeconomics,Harvard University 2012.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Rokita-Poskart Diana, d.rokita-poskart@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Statistical Inference 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM003 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites This course is intended for students who have a limited background in mathematics.

12. Objectives of the course The course covers the basic statistical methods for understanding, modelling and interpreting data together with an introduction to the concepts of statistical theory. Emphasis is placed on applications in business. Students will be expected to analyse data, design and implement solutions to various problems.

13. Teaching program 1.Probability 2.Discrete and continuous random variables. Distributions covered: Binomial, Poisson, Normal.

The Chi-square distribution. T-Student distribution. Relationship between probability and the area under a probability curve. The normal distribution and the associated statistics and probabilities.

3.Populations. Samples from populations.

4.Estimation of parameters, confidence intervals and 5.Hypothesis tests. One-sample and two-sample tests. Chi-square tests of independence, homogeneity. Contingency tables.

14. Assessment methods Practical assignments and final exam.

15. Recommended reading E. Mansfield; Statistics for Business and Economic: Methods and Applications; W.W. Norton & Company; New York, London 1987.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Szewczyk MirosĹ&#x201A;awa, m.szewczyk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Econometric modelling and forecasting 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM004 Lectures, Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Econometric, Statistics.

12. Objectives of the course The aim of the subject is to give students the ability to prepare forecasts and simulations regarding micro- and macroeconomics affairs 13. Teaching program LECTURES: General Introduction, Identifying Patterns in Time Series Data (Trend Analysis, Analysis of Seasonalit), Exponential Smoothing (Brown and Holt models), Seasonal Decomposition (Winters model ARIMA Methodology,), quantity forecast models (logit, probit, discriminations analysis use in economic and mamagenet phenomens).

LABORATORY: General Introduction, Identifying Patterns in Time Series Data (Trend Analysis, Analysis of Seasonalit), Exponential Smoothing (Brown and Holt models), Seasonal Decomposition (Winters model ARIMA Methodology,), quantity forecast models (logit, probit, discriminations analysis use in economic and mamagenet phenomens).

14. Assessment methods Presentations, work in Statistica 9.0 from Statsoft and Gretl. Project and exam 15. Recommended reading Maria Cieślak ? Prognozowanie gospodarcze Józef Biolik, Andrzej Stanisław Barczak ? Podstawy ekonometrii Aleksander Zeliaś ? Teoria prognozy Maddala G.S. Ekonometria Dziechciarz Józef ? Ekonometria. Metody, Przykłady, Zadania Radzikowska Barbara ? Metody prognozowania Gruszczyński Marek ? Ekonometria i badania operacyjne Dittmann Paweł ? Prognozowanie w przedsiębiorstwie 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Mach Łukasz, l.mach@po.opole.pl

1. Course title History of Economic Thought 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM006 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites the basic level of the universal history 12. Objectives of the course is the basic knowledge of the sciences; is aware of the rapid development of science; it can use possess knowledge 13. Teaching program views on management in antiquity; economics classic : Adam Smith, David Ricardo, John Stuart Mill; strands of the opposition : the school national and school socialist ; neoclassical theories 14. Assessment methods written test with questions open; the follow-up conversation 15. Recommended reading Wiliam J. Barber, A history of economic thought, 1967, 2007 E.K. Hunt, Mark Lautzenheiser, History of Economic. A critical perspective, New York 1984 Agnar Sandmo, Economics evolving. A History of Economic Thought, New Yersey 2011 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer prof. dr hab. Musialik Wanda, w.musialik@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Human Capital Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM009 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of Human Recources Managem ent 12. Objectives of the course The students will understand the concept of HCM as well as the practice of HCM. The students be able to: describe the Human Capital roles and functions of line managers, employees and HR professionals to effectively implement systems and processes that optimize performance, retention, and job/role satisfaction; 13. Teaching program -The concept of human capital and of HCM -The process of HCM -The practice of HCM: human capital data, measuring human capital; human capital reporting, aplications of HCM -The role and future of HCM: the role of HR in HCM, , the skills needed for HCM 14. Assessment methods Written exam 15. Recommended reading Armstrong, Michael; Armstrong's Essential Human Resource Management Practice : A Guide to People Management, 2010.

Baron, Angela, Armstrong, Michael; Human Capital Management : Achieving Added Value Through People, 2007.

Fitz-enz, Jac; ROI of Human Capital : Measuring the Economic Value of Employee Performance, 2009.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Maj Jolanta, j.maj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Analysis and Strategic Planning 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM015 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding and usage of methods and techniques of analysis and strategic planning.

13. Teaching program The genesis and the essence of strategy and strategic management. The conceptions of strategic management. The methods of strategic analysis. The analysis of micro and macro surroundings. The essence of strategic planning. The implementation of strategy.

14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading P. J. Smit, Strategic Planning: Readings, Juta and Company Ltd, 2000.

B. K. Simerson, Strategic Planning: A Practical Guide to Strategy Formulation and Execution, ABC-CLIO, 2011.

R. M. Grant, Contemporary Strategy Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, 2005.

S. Raisch, Dynamic Strategic Analysis: Demystifying Simple Success Strategies, Deutscher Universitätsverlag, 2004.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inż. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Concepts of Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM016 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Understanding classical and modern concepts 13. Teaching program Contemporary orientation and conception of management (for example TQM; Lean management, Benchmarking ,BPR), Learning organization, intelligent organization, virtual, network organization 14. Assessment methods On the basis of participation in discussions 15. Recommended reading M. Armstrong, A Handbook of Management Techniques: The Best Selling Guide to Modern Management Method M.T., Czarnecki, Managing by Measuring: How to Improve Your Organization's Performance Through Effective Benchmarking (Hardcover) M. Zairi, Benchmarking for Best Practice S. A. Mohrman, J. R. Galbraith, E. E., III Lawler, Tomorrow's Organization: Crafting Winning Capabilities in a Dynamic World 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr KaraĹ&#x203A; ElĹźbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Controlling in the Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM017 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding and usage of methods and techniques of controlling in company management.

13. Teaching program The issue and genesis of controlling. Functions of controlling in company management. The criterions of controlling division. The methods of strategic controlling (Balanced Scorecard, benchmarking, early warning systems, responsibility centres). The methods of operational controlling (budgeting, costs analysis).

14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading Ch.S. Chapman, Controlling strategy: management, accounting, and performance measurement, Oxford University Press, 2005.

R.S. Kaplan, D.P. Norton, The Balanced Scorecard: Translating Strategy into Action, 1996.

R.S. Kaplan, D.P. Norton, The Strategy-Focused Organization: How Balanced Scorecard Companies Thrive in the New Business Environment, 2000.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Company pricing and value shaping 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM018 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 IInd year of second8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and economy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding the aspects of value-based management. Recognition of methods and measures applied in company value pricing processes.

13. Teaching program The essence and the premises of company value pricing. Value standards. Functions of company value pricing. Factors affecting company value. System and stages of value-based management. Classification of company value pricing methods. Factors of value pricing methods selection. Income methods. Assets based methods. Mixed and comparative methods.

Internal and external measures of value creation efficiency. Strategic matrixes of value-based management. Intellectual capital in value-based management.

14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading [1] R.A. Brealey, S.C. Myers, Capital Investment and Valuation, The McGraw Hill, New York 2003.

[2] A. Rappaport, Creating Shareholder Value, Free Press, 1997.

[3] A. Brooking, Intellectual Capital: Core Assets for the Third Millennium Enterprise, Thomson Business Press, London 1996.

[4] A. Damodaran, Damodaran on Valuation. Security Analysis for Investment and Corporate Finance, John Wiley&Sons, New York 1994.

[5] J.A. Knight, Value Based Management: Developing a Systematic Approach to Create Shareholder Value, McGraw-Hill, New York 1998.

[6] J.D. Martin, J.W. Pett, Value-Based Management. The Corporate Response to the Shareholder Revolution, Harvard Business School Press, Boston 2000.

[7] G.B. Stewart, The Quest For Value: The EVA Management Guide, Harper Business, New York 1990.

[8] S.D. Young, S.F. O?Byrne, EVA and Value-Based Management. A Practical Guide to Implementation, McGraw-Hill, New York 2001.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Leadership and the art of creative thinking 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM024 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermedia 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to use creative thinking in the process of learning and in the work.

Learn how to be leader.

13. Teaching program - Glossary, etymology, - History of the art of creative thinking, - History of leadership, - Measuring creativity, - The main techniques of creative thinking (mind mapping, creative ABC technique, brainstorm, brain writing, fish-bone technique, 635 technique, etc.) ? practical exercises, - The art of public speech, - Time management, - Leadership styles and theories, - Leadership myths.

14. Assessment methods credit based on students participation in classes, final written test, activity 15. Recommended reading Buzan T., The Memory Book, BBC Publications, 2010.

Buzan T., The Mind Map Book, 1993.

Florida, R., The Rise of the Creative Class: And How It's Transforming Work, Leisure, Community and Everyday Life. Basic Books, 2002.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Social research methods 2. Course code 3. Form of class EKM032 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective IX 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course By the end of the course, and having completed the essential reading and activities the student will be able to: formulate researchable questions, define a research strategy and design a research project to answer a research question, discuss the practice and principles of qualitative and quantitative social research 13. Teaching program -Approaches to Research, Research ethics and Research -Research Methodology -Data collection: Sampling, Case Study Method, Survey Method, Experimental Method, Available Data, Observation, Interviews, Questionnaires, Tests -Data analysis: Measurement Principles, Qualitative Data, Quantitative Data -Action: The Report, Using the Results 14. Assessment methods Graded research project, written exam 15. Recommended reading J. Adams, Research Methods for Graduate Business and Social Science Students, 2007.

G. Guthrie, Basic Research Methods : An Entry to Social Science Research, 2010.

T. Gschwend, F. Schimmelfennig, Research Design in political Science. How to practice what they preach, Palgrave Macmillan, 2011.

K. Singh, Quantitative Social Research Methods, 2007.

N. Walliman, Social Research Methods, 2006.

K. Yang, Making Sense of Statistical Methods in Social Research, 2010.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Maj Jolanta, j.maj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Society and Culture of Europe I 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL008 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Students will: use the main sociological and anthropological terms; analyze the social processes in comparative context; understand of the cultural aberration of Europe and the common groundwork of European civilization; analyze of social phenomenon based on concepts and models; understand of the historical developing of Europe (Europe as the social-cultural whole); understand the social-cultural aspects of integrations processes.

13. Teaching program 1. Nation and State. Political Nation and Cultural Nation. (Germany and France) 2. Power Symbols. National Symbols 3. Symbol and Sign. Turner, Roland Barthes, Paul Ricoeur 4. Rites and Rituals 5. Gender 6. Minority. Sexual minority in Europe.

7. Family and Kinship in Europe.

8. Myths. Levi-Strauss 9. Social Sigma. Red Hair ? as the Process of Destigmatisation.

10. Archetype. The Image of the Vampire in Europe and its Sexualization 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Schreiber-Kurpiers Dorota, d.schreiber-kurpiers@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Society and Culture of Europe II 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL009 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Students will: use the main sociological and anthropological terms; analyze the social processes in comparative context; understand of the cultural aberration of Europe and the common groundwork of European civilization; analyze of social phenomenon based on concepts and models; understand of the historical developing of Europe (Europe as the social-cultural whole); understand the social-cultural aspects of integrations processes.

13. Teaching program 1. ?The Mission of Europe?

2. Colonialism and its influence on the European economics.

3. Colonialism and its Influence on the European Culture.

4. Social Conflicts. Classical Theories.

5. Social Conflicts and the different but possible scenarios. Hunting for Witches. (Keith Thomas) 6. The Filling of Mortification in Europe. From the Historical Point of View.

7. Migration in Europe. From the Historical Point of View.

8. Eethnicity. (Eriksen) 9. Ethno nationalism 10. Religious diversity in Europe. Judaism 11. Religious diversity in Europe. Christianity 12. The perception of the Arabic culture in Europe. From historical point of view.

13. New Religions in Europe 14. Religion and War 15. European Cultural Policy.

14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Schreiber-Kurpiers Dorota, d.schreiber-kurpiers@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Economics I 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL010 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Knowledge in the range of basic economic problems.

13. Teaching program The genesis of economics, the doctrine and economic schools.

The creation and development economics.

The plane of the economic analysis The model of market economy; the market and its elements.

Market, types of markets, market operators and market objectives Demand and factors determining it.

Supply and factors determining it.

Market equilibrium and its changes. Market mechanism.

The elasticity of demand and the supply.

The theory of the consumer.

Economic decisions of the producer.

The theory of production - manufacturing costs.

Types of competition on the market (monopoly, oligopoly etc.)

The labor market. The land market. Capital market.

14. Assessment methods Multiple choice test and oral exam 15. Recommended reading D. Begg, S. Fischer, R. Dornbusch, Ekonomia t.1 i t.3, PWE, 2003.

D. Kamerschen, R. MacKenzi, N. Clark, Ekonomia, 1993 B. Klimczak, Mikroekonomia, AE Wrocław, 1993 R. Milewski, Podstawy ekonomii, PWN, 2002.

M. Rekowski, Wprowadzenie do mikroekonomii, AE Poznań, 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Economics II 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL011 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Knowledge in the range of basic economic problems.

13. Teaching program Introduction to the economics and economics.

Determinants of income and national income. Meters of income.

Global product and national income as instruments of economic activity.

Growth - the concept and meters.

Basic macroeconomic relationships: consumption, investment savings.

Macroeconomic stability.

The central bank, commercial banks.

Functions of money, types of money, the role of money.

Demand for money. money supply - balance of the money market.

Unemployment ? reasons, results, kinds.

Inflation ?definition, kinds, reasons, results.

The international commerce.

The state budget.

The international economics 14. Assessment methods Multiple choice test and oral exam 15. Recommended reading D. Begg, S. Fischer, R. Dornbusch, Ekonomia t.1 i t.3, PWE, 2003.

D. Kamerschen, R. MacKenzi, N. Clark, Ekonomia, 1993 B. Klimczak, Mikroekonomia, AE Wrocław, 1993 R. Milewski, Podstawy ekonomii, PWN, 2002.

M. Rekowski, Wprowadzenie do mikroekonomii, AE Poznań, 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title European Law I 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL014 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 Corso 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction Italian 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of State and Law / Conoscenze di base dello Stato e Diritto 12. Objectives of the course Fornire agli studenti una conoscenza dei principi del sistema giuridico, economico e sociale del Unione Europea, le fonti del diritto in UE, il sistema di istituzioni specificato in trattati di UE / Provide students with knowledge of the principles of the legal system, economic and social system of the European Union, the sources of EU law, the system of institutions regulated in the EU treaties 13. Teaching program Natura giuridica, gli obiettivi e i principi di base dell'UE; fonti del diritto comunitario; principio del primato del diritto comunitario, principio dell'efficacia diretta, principio di sussidiarieta' e di proporzionalita', principio della responsabilita' degli Stati membri; querelle dirette e questione pregiudiziale alla Corte di Giustizia dell'UE; le procedure di legge per il processo decisionale; la liberta' dell Trattato UE; diritto della concorrenza in UE / Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law 14. Assessment methods Esame orale o lavoro scritto / oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading Il Trattato dell'UE (1992) il Trattato sul funzionamento dell'Unione Europea Adam, Tizzano, Lineamenti di diritto dell'Unione Europea, 2. ed. Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 Daniele, Diritto dell'Unione europea, 4. ed., Milano, Giuffre', 2010 Cannizzaro, Mastroianni, Sbolci, Diritto dell'Unione europea, Parte speciale, Estratto (a cura di Strozzi), 3 ed., Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Haczkowska Monika, m.haczkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title European Law II 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL015 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction ITALIAN 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of State and Law / Conoscenze di base dello Stato e Diritto 12. Objectives of the course Fornire agli studenti una conoscenza dei principi del sistema giuridico, economico e sociale del Unione Europea, le fonti del diritto in UE, il sistema di istituzioni specificato in trattati di UE / Provide students with knowledge of the principles of the legal system, economic and social system of the European Union, the sources of EU law, the system of institutions regulated in the EU treaties 13. Teaching program Natura giuridica, gli obiettivi e i principi di base dell'UE; fonti del diritto comunitario; principio del primato del diritto comunitario, principio dell'efficacia diretta, principio di sussidiarieta' e di proporzionalita', principio della responsabilita' degli Stati membri; querelle dirette e questione pregiudiziale alla Corte di Giustizia dell'UE; le procedure di legge per il processo decisionale; la liberta' dell Trattato UE; diritto della concorrenza in UE / Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law Legal nature, objectives and principles of the EU; the sources of EU law; principle of primacy of EU law, principle of direct effect, principle of subsidiarity and proportionality, principle of liability of the Member States; direct actions and preliminary question to the EU Court of Justice; the law -making procedures; freedom of the EU Treaty; EU competition law 14. Assessment methods Esame orale o lavoro scritto / oral exam or essay 15. Recommended reading Il Trattato dell'UE (1992) il Trattato sul funzionamento dell'Unione Europea Adam, Tizzano, Lineamenti di diritto dell'Unione Europea, 2. ed. Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 Daniele, Diritto dell'Unione europea, 4. ed., Milano, Giuffre', 2010 Cannizzaro, Mastroianni, Sbolci, Diritto dell'Unione europea, Parte speciale, Estratto (a cura di Strozzi), 3 ed., Torino, Giappichelli, 2010 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Haczkowska Monika, m.haczkowska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Political Systems of European Countries 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL019 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of forms of government of the chosen European Countries 12. Objectives of the course Ability of making comparisons of political systems in Europe 13. Teaching program Typology of political systems; a number of forms of democracy (e.g. participatory, direct, indirect, representative, partisan etc.); democratic state of law, rule of law and democratic values; political parties and partisan systems, examples of direct democracy in chosen countries, differences between parliamentary and presidential systems on chosen examples, organization of parliaments, bicameralism, different models of ?Upper? house of parliament, different models of executives, comparison: the government and the cabinet in the United Kingdom, electional systems on the examples of Poland and United Kingdom 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading T.Sartory, The Theory of Democracy Revisited. h) Lijphart, Arend (1977). Democracy in Plural Societies: A Comparative Exploration. New Haven: Yale University 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Regional Policy of EU 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL028 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowlegde of principles of regional policy of European Union 12. Objectives of the course Students learn about the theory and basis of regional policy of European Union 13. Teaching program Regional development policy: theories and eveluation. The essence of theories of regional development. The chosen calssical concepts of regional development. Regional development policy: concepts, principles, features. Towards the new regional policy 14. Assessment methods -credit based on students participation in classes, -practical tasks.

15. Recommended reading Malik K., 2010, Paths of regional development. The Policy and Infrastructure, Opole University of Technology, Committee of Labor and Social Policy Sciences ? Regional Social Policy Department, Committee of Spatial Economy and Regional Planning, Polish Academy of Science, Opole, Other literature.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl dr JasiĹ&#x201E;ska-Biliczak Anna, a.jasinska-biliczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title European Union Regional Policy 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL028 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowlegde of principles of regional policy of European Union 12. Objectives of the course Students learn about the theory and basis of regional policy of European Union 13. Teaching program Regional development policy: theories and eveluation. The essence of theories of regional development. The chosen calssical concepts of regional development. Regional development policy: concepts, principles, features. Towards the new regional policy 14. Assessment methods -credit based on students participation in classes, -practical tasks.

15. Recommended reading Malik K., 2010, Paths of regional development. The Policy and Infrastructure, Opole University of Technology, Committee of Labor and Social Policy Sciences ? Regional Social Policy Department, Committee of Spatial Economy and Regional Planning, Polish Academy of Science, Opole, Other literature.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl dr JasiĹ&#x201E;ska-Biliczak Anna, a.jasinska-biliczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Europe in International Relations 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL029 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of the European Union 12. Objectives of the course Students will: - know the Common Foreign and Security Policy of the EU - understood the differences between policies of the EU countries - know the European Neighborhood Policy - learn about historical relations between EU and USA, Russia and China learn about other international organizations .

13. Teaching program 1. European Identity 2. The histroy od European integration ideas 3. Histroy of the EU 4. The evolution of the EU treaty 5. The concept and nature of ecnomic and political integration 6. Economic and political theories of integration 7. Overview of EU institutions 8. Overview of EU countries - the constitutions, governments, politics 9. Common Foreign and Security Policy of the EU 10. Europan Neighborhood Policy 11. International organizations from Asia, Africa, Norsth and South America 14. Assessment methods The course is conducted in the form of excercises, case studies and problem-solving tasks 15. Recommended reading Ch. Bretherton, J. Vogler, The European Union as a Global Actor, NY 2008, N. Davies, Europe: the history, Oxford Univ. Press 1996, K. E. Smith, European Union Foreign Policy in a Changing World, Cambridge 2009.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Modern History of Poland 2. Course code EL032 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 4 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Schreiber-Kurpiers Dorota, d.schreiber-kurpiers@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Demographic processes in Europe 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL033 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Introduction of students with basic problems of the demography.

Presentation and the analysis of population-problems of Poland and the world.

Presentation and the analysis of spring-texts and statistical sources of information.

13. Teaching program History of demography Data sources of population Methods and manners of the data presentation about the population Condition of population The structure of population and the process of senescence Elements of natural movement of population Population pyramid Infant mortality, internal and foreign migrations The tramp movement The potential demography Demographic prognoses The theory of demographic passage The optimum of population The population-policy The history of the development of demographic world 14. Assessment methods Essay, oral exam and presentation in Power Point 15. Recommended reading J. Z. Holzer, Demografia, PWE, Warszawa (najnowsze wydanie).

M. Mitręga, Demografia społeczna, Wyd. Śląsk, Katowice 1995.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basics of Marketing and Market Research 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL039 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective VI 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge about organization; structure, functions and environment of organization. methods of research used in Marketing 12. Objectives of the course The most important goal of the subject is for students to understand the importance of a Marketing in the organization, its general concept and presence in life, methods of Market research used to improve functioning of organization 13. Teaching program - Basic concepts of marketing - Marketing environment - Consumers and their behavior on the Market - Market segmentation - Product - Price - Promotion - Advertisement, Public relations - Distribution - Marketing Information System - Market research methods - Examples and case studies 14. Assessment methods Test and grade from working in groups 15. Recommended reading Gary Armstrong,Michael Harker,Philip Kotler,Ross Brennan: Marketing: An Introduction Jerzy Altkorn, Basics of Marketing 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Organization and Functioning of Public Administration 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL042 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 intermedia 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Theoretical preparation from other courses, i.e. Local and Regional Policy 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to use knowledge about public administration structures in professional work and how to move in polish institutions 13. Teaching program - Idea of public administration, - Glossary, - Public administration as a academic field, - History of public administration ? ancient times (Mesopotamia, ancient Rome, ancient Egypt), - History of public administration in the Middle Ages, - The role of public administration in the field of economy, - Justify of public administration, - Sources of polish law system, - Central and territorial administration, - Prime Minister, the Cabinet and the Council, - Local government in Poland (province ?voivodship?, county, borough) and characteristic, - Subjects and institutions, - Contemporary public administration system, - Procedures of decisions and appeals in central government, - Procedures of decisions and appeals in local government, - Local government tasks, Law, ethics and staff in public administration 14. Assessment methods - credit based on students participation in classes, - paper, activity 15. Recommended reading - acts - R.B. Denhardt, J.V. Denhardt, Public Administration. An Action Orientation, Thomson Wadsworth, Belmont USA 2009 - other literature 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Klemens Brygida, b.klemens@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Sociology and Psychology of Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class EL052 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective VI 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermedia 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to acquire students' basic knowledge of sociology and psychology, management, and expand their awareness of social skills needed to lead a team of Staff. Obtaining credit course the student should know the basic mechanisms and organizational behavior, and pathology (eg. mobbing). The program also included the subject of effective management, leadership, and the operationalization of the concept of corporate social responsibility.

13. Teaching program 1. Man in the process management 2. Features and capacity utilization of workers 3.

Motivation (psychological aspects) 4. Psychological difficulties in the management (stress, burn-out syndrome) 5. The endorsement management 6. Teams in the process management 7. Grounds and effectiveness of the team (sociological) 8. Communicating in groups and organizations 9. Developing creativity and presentation skills 10. Entrepreneurship in the management band 11. Managerial training (sensitivity training, work training) 12. Conflict management 13. Pathology in the organization 14. Social responsibility standards for companies 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading Carsten K.W. De Dreu, Michele J. Gelfand, THE PSYCHOLOGY OF CONFLICT AND CONFLICT MANAGEMENT IN ORGANIZATIONS. Psychology Press.

Conny Antoni, Guido Hertel, TEAM INNOVATION, KNOWLEDGE AND PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT. Katz, John Wiley & Sons, THE SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY OF ORGANIZATIONS, 2ND EDITION .

W. RATYŃSKI, PSYCHOLOGICZNE I SOCJOLOGICZNE ASPEKTY ZARZĄDZANIA. WYDAWNICTWO C. H. BECK, WARSZAWA 2005.

J. F. TERLAK, PSYCHOLOGIA ORGANIZACJI I ZARZĄDZANIA. WYDAWNICTWO DIFIN, WARSZAWA 2005.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Culture Identities in Europe 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM002 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites The education effects ? skills and abilities: understanding of national identity cultivation and deconstruction processes; understanding of European integration processes seen as culture and identity categories; analysis of identity models (with prejudices) as dynamic cultural phenomenon 12. Objectives of the course Cultivation of culture-territorial identities on subsequent levels: local, reginal, national, international, European. Identity cultivation of minority groups according to ethnicity, religion, life style, sexual orientation and other socially crucial and culturally significant criteria.

Prejudices and their alterations. Intercultural dialogue. Alterations of collective cultural identities. Common European identity and its relations to European democratic civil society.

13. Teaching program LECTURE: 1. ?Construction of a nation?, protonationality, sense of the French Revolution, theories about origin of national identity sense: primal, modernistic, symbolistic 2. Emblematics. Symbolism. Theory 3. Symbolism of the authority and state symbolizm.

4. Identity cultivated by elite groups and charismatic leaders 5. Prejudices and their alterations.

6. Determination and dynamics of national prejudices. Alterations of the conception of a Pole in German?s view and the conception of a German in Pole?s view.

7. ?Broken identity? ? social stigmatism. Example of destigmatization process: red hairs of St. Agatha.

8. Religious and ecclesiastic identity.

9. Gender; 10. Identity cultivation of minority groups according to ethnicity, religion, life style, sexual orientation 11. Heterosexual matrix.

12. Between pornography and erotism ? in the historical grasp: Europe against other continents ? the lecture only for volunteers.

13. Foucault, Michel. (1998). The History of Sexuality. London: Penguin.

14. Butler, Judith (1990) : Gender Trouble. Feminism and the Subversion of Identity 15. Identity in postmodernism 16. Strategies of identity cultivation in suburban culture and hip-hop-culture / polemics with Eva Kimmnich 17. Intercultural dialogue 18. Cultivation of common European identity / Common European identity and its relations to European democratic civil society CLASSES: 1. The students have to read set texts and be prepared to discussion. The final grade in 90% depends on the grade obtained in research work.

2. Information meeting. How to write a research report.

3. Collective identity 4. Identity against nationalism 5. Africans ? creation of national identity sense and ideology of apartheid 6. Cardinal symbols 7. Between xenophobia and xenophilia. The Strangers.

8. The groups present their researching tool 9. The myth of Serbian warrior before outbreak of war in former Yugoslavia 10. The groups preset their research reports 11. The operation on the nation ? creation of a new citizen. On the example of West (so called Recovered) Territories of Poland.

12. Silesian identity 14. Assessment methods Lecture General conditions of passing the subject Examinations: pre-first exam and the first exam ? writing test second exam ? writing test Attention! To pass the examination, it is needed to obtain at least 75 % points.

The examination will comprise the material realized during the lectures and seminars.

15. Recommended reading Kimminich E. (2003), Kulturelle Identit채t. Konstruktionen und Krisen, Frankfurt/M Delamont S. (1995), Appetities and Identities. An. Introduction of the Social Anthropology of Western Europe. London Butler, Judith (2008) Gender Trouble: Feminism and the Subversion of Identity 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Schreiber-Kurpiers Dorota, d.schreiber-kurpiers@po.opole.pl

1. Course title EU`s Common Foreign and Security Policy 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM004 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites It will not be necessary to have taken any seminars 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to put projects into practise.

13. Teaching program LECTURES: The historical development of CFSP; what does the EU seek to achieve through the CFSP? What part does it play in the overall framework of EU external relations?

The legal nature of the CFSP: to what extent is it part of Union law? Do the general EU principles e.g. direct effect and primacy apply? What is the role of the ECJ? CFSP instruments: unilateral instruments and international agreements; legal nature, objectives, policy framework. Role of 'soft law' e.g. guidelines, Council Conclusions.

CLASSES: CSDP instruments: civilian and military missions - one or two case studies.

Relationship between CFSP and other EU external policies: legal rules, legal basis questions, and policy coherence. Is the CFSP an overall framing policy or a specific group of instruments for specific tasks? What (if any) are the distinctive CFSP objectives?

Relationship between EU and NATO, UN: how does the CFSP/CSDP affect the development of the EU as an international actor?

Flexibility and enhanced cooperation in CFSP and CSDP: decision-making flexibility; role of enhanced cooperation; permanent structured cooperation in defence; the special position of Denmark; Institutional framework and decision-making: role of European Parliament; role of EEAS; role of High Representative. The position of the Member States: is there a genuinely 'common' foreign policy?

14. Assessment methods One essay at 2 000 - 2 500 word maximum 15. Recommended reading Ch. Bretherton, J. Vogler, The European Union as a Global Actor, NY 2008, S. Keukeleire, J. MacNaughtan, The Foreign Policy of the European Union, Basingstoke 2008, K. E. Smith, European Union Foreign Policy in a Changing World, Cambridge 2009, M. E. Smith, Europe`s Foreign and Security Policy. The Institutionalization of Cooperation, Cambridge 2005, 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Administration, Home Affairs and Justice Administr 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM005 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VIII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge concerning EU architecture: institutions, sources of law and policies.

12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to introduce students topics related to the EU Member States` cooperation in fields of administration, justice and home affairs.

13. Teaching program more info: f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl 1. History and development of Europe`s Area of Freedom, Security and Justice.

2. Cooperation with European institutions. Formulation and coordination of European Policies.

3. Governmental and self-governmental administration in implentation of EU law and policies.

4. Governance and multi-level governance. Public-Private Partnership. National Regulatory Authorities.

5. Network of EU-agencies implementing European policies.

6. Eropean Institucions, legal instrument and Decision-making Process in Area of Freedom, Security and Justice.

7. Europeanisation of Public Administracion ? towards the European Administrative Space.

8. The Schengen area and EU visa policy.

9. Civil service in the Member States of the European Union.

10. Asylum and migration policy.

11. Police cooperation in EU. 12. Judical cooperation in criminal matters.

13. European Union and fight afainst drugs and transnational organized crime.

14. Eurojust: the EU judical co-operation unit.

Judical cooperation in civil matters.

14. Assessment methods Students are expected to attend the classes and to take active part in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to prepare one brief presentations (20 minutes) for the area of the course. While some topics will be suggested by the lectures, students are encouraged to come up with own ideas for presentations. In order to prepare presentation students may be required to do some individual research.

15. Recommended reading N. Walker (ed.), Europe`s Area of Freedom, Security and Justice, Oxford 2004, E. Guild, S. Carrera, A. Eggenschwiler (ed.), The Area of Freedom, Security and Justice Ten Years on Successes and Future Challenges under the Stockholm Programme, Brussels 2010, S. Peters, EU Justice and Home Affairs Law, Oxford 2007, J. Monar (ed.), The Institutional Dimension of the European Union`s Area of Freedom, Security and Justice, Brussels 2010, E. Storskrubb, Civil Procedure and EU Law: A Policy Area Uncovered, Oxford 2008.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Polish Foreign Policy 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM007 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VIII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge about the international relations.

12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to introduce students basic and more detailed topics related to polish foreign policy.

13. Teaching program 1. The identyty of Poland in international relations.

2. Problems of adapration of Polish foreign policy following accession to Western structures.

3. Factor influencing Poland`s foreign policy.

4. Directions and areas of activity of Polish foreign policy.

14. Assessment methods Students are expected to attend the classes and to take active part in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to prepare one brief essay (5000 words). In order to prepare essay students may be required to do some individual research.

15. Recommended reading S. BieleĹ&#x201E; (ed.), Poland`s Foreign policy in the 21st Century, Warszawa 2011, ?Yearbook of Polish Foreign Policy? ?The Polish Foreign Affairs Digest? ?The Polish Quarterly of International Affairs?.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Financial Statement Standards 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM014 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 IInd year of second8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 1 15 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course To gain practical knowledge about the financial statement standards, their contents and accomplishment 13. Teaching program Conceptual assumptions of financial statements preparation and presentation. Fixed and immaterial assets in financial statements and their depreciation. Financial instrument pricing. Equity and indebtedness in financial statements. Statement of changes in equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading [1] K. Alfredson, Applying International Accounting Standards, Wiley 2005.

[2] G. Gregoriou, M. Geber, International Accounting Standards Regulations And Financial Reporting, ELSEVIER 2007.

[3] IAS Committee, International Accounting Standards Explained, WILEY 2000.

[4] D. Chorafes, International Financial Reporting Standards, BUTTERWORTH, 2006.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title European Administrative Law 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM015 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional IX 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of the structure of European institutions 12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to introduce students basic and more detailed topics related to European administrative law.

13. Teaching program 1. European administrative law: purpose and ambit. The comparative law approach.

2. European Administration: the structure of European administrations, direct, indirect and cooperative admiistration, the development of networks of governance and of Euroepan agencies.

3. General pronciples of good administration.

4. Rules and discretion in administrative law.

5. Regulation in action: the rise of the European agencies.

6. The role of the European Commission.

7. General pronciples of administrative law.

8. Transparency and access to information.

The European Ombudsman.

14. Assessment methods Students are expected to attend the classes and to take active part in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to prepare one brief essay (5000 words). In order to prepare essay students may be required to do some individual research 15. Recommended reading P. Craig, EU Administrative Law, Oxford 2006, H. Hofman, A. Turk, EU Administrative Governance, Oxford 2006, P. Craig, R. Rawlings (ed.), Law and Administration in Europe, Oxford 2003, H. Hofmann, G. Rowe, A. Turk, Administrative Law and Policy of the European Union, Oxford 2011.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Etiquette and diplomatic protocol in the administr 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM017 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester optional IX 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to introduce students basic and more detailed topics related to etiquette and diplomatic protocol in the administration, especially: etiquette, official correspondence, cocktail and dinner parties, dress code, organisation of official visits and protocol in international organisations.

13. Teaching program 1. Diplomatic protocol ? general rules as well as rules specific to the European Union.

2. Cultural differences in diplomatic framework.

3. Organization of ceremonial, oficial and occupational visit.

4. Organization of receptions, meetings and conferences.

5. Etiquette: courtesies, sawvoir-vivre, beverages, dress code.

6. Etiquette of official mail.

7. Participation in a specially prepared and catered celebration 14. Assessment methods Students are expected to attend the classes and to take active part in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to prepare one brief presentations (20 minutes) about etiquette.

15. Recommended reading - Foster D.: Global Etiquette Guide to Europe: Everything you Need to Know for Business and Travel Success, Wiley 2000, - I. Roberts (ed.), Satow`s Diplomatic Practice, Oxford 2009, - E. Post, Emily Post on Etiquette, London 1995, L. Hunt Chaney, J. Martin, The Essential Guide to Business Etiquette, Westport 2007.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Local governments in the countries of the European 2. Course code 3. Form of class EM032 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective X 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of the local government law.

12. Objectives of the course The main objective of the course is to introduce students basic and more detailed topics related to local governments in the European countries.

13. Teaching program 1. Regional and local gocernment in the EU Member States.

2. Effects of EU legisaltion on regional and locak government.

3. Structur of regional and local governmemt.

4. Regional and local government in Austria.

5. Regional and local government in Belgium.

6. Regional and local government in France.

7. Regional and local government in Germany.

8. Regional and local government in Italy.

9. Regional and local government in Irland.

10. Regional and local government in the United Kingdom.

11. Regional and local government in Denmark.

12. Regional and local government in Finland.

13. Regional and local government in Sweden.

14. Regional and local government in Poland.

15. Regional and local government in Czech Republic.

14. Assessment methods Students are expected to attend the classes and to take active part in seminar discussions. Students will be asked to prepare one brief essay (5000 words).

15. Recommended reading P. John, Local Governance in Western Europe, Manchester 2001, M. Callanan, J. F. Keogan (ed,), Local Government in Ireland. Inside Out, Dublin 2004, A. Smith, P. Heywood, Regional Government in France & Spain, London 2000, H. Wollmann, Local Government Reforms in Great Britain, Sweden, Germany and France: Between Multi-Function and Single-Purpose Organisations, ?Local Government Studies?, 2004, vol. 30, nr 4, pp. 639-665.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Tereszkiewicz Filip, f.tereszkiewicz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Art Market 2. Course code EM045 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 3 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Schreiber-Kurpiers Dorota, d.schreiber-kurpiers@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Quality Policy 2. Course code 3. Form of class EMK020 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of basic enterprise management 12. Objectives of the course Preparing students to find ways of solving problems in area of quality management and to use basic methods and techniques.

13. Teaching program Fundamental issues of quality management Method of self-assessment by quality criteria Method of process mapping Just-in-time system Ishikawa?s and Pareto?s diagrams Kaizen Management System Creating documentation according to ISO 9000 standards Guidelines for benchmarking in enterprise 14. Assessment methods Lecture and multimedia presentations, group discussions, case studies, preparing papers 15. Recommended reading Imai M.: Kaizen. The Key to Japan?s Competitive Success, New York 2007 Hoyle D.: ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook, Oxford 2003 Liker J. K.: Toyota Way, New York 2003 Oakland J.: Quality Management, Oxford 2004 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr KaraĹ&#x203A; ElĹźbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Social Economics 2. Course code EMK030 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 7 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Kubiciel-LodziĹ&#x201E;ska Sabina, s.kubiciel@po.opole.pl dr Rokita-Poskart Diana, d.rokita-poskart@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Programming of local and regional development policy 2. Course code 3. Form of class EMK034 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowlegde of principles of regional and local development 12. Objectives of the course Students learn the theory of regional development as well as how to use the knowledge about regional structures in practise at example of polish and European institutions.

13. Teaching program Introduction. Theory of local and regional development. Factors and barriers of regions? as well as local units development. Financial factors and barriers. HR in regional development. Factors and barriers ? meaning for regional enterprise. Information as the development factor.

14. Assessment methods -credit based on students participation in classes, -practical tasks, -activity.

15. Recommended reading Hirschman A.O., The Strategy of Economic Development, New Haven, London, 1958, Malizia E.E., Feser E.J., Understanding Local Economic Development, Rutgers, Center for Urban Policy Research, New York, 1999, Myrdal G., Economic Theory and Undeveloped Regions, Methuen & Co LTD, London 1957, Other literature.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr JasiĹ&#x201E;ska-Biliczak Anna, a.jasinska-biliczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Strategic Management 2. Course code EMK044 4. Type of course 6. Number of ECTS credits 7 8. Number of hours per week 0 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites

3. Form of class 5. Semester 7. Level of class 9. Number of hours per semester 0

12. Objectives of the course 13. Teaching program 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Strategic Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class EMKO44 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VIII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 3 45 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to provides an intellectually rich, yet thoroughly practical, analysis of strategic management concepts today and to give students a complete understanding of how today's businesses use strategic management to establish sustained competitive advantage 13. Teaching program 1.Introduction to strategy management 2. Strategic Management and Strategic Competetivness 3. Strategy Formulation 4. Startegy Implementation 5. Corporate Governanve 6. Sustainability Development 7. Strategic Leadership 14. Assessment methods Participation in discussion and case study preparation and analysis 15. Recommended reading Hitt M.A., Ireland R.D., Hoskisson R.E., Strategic Management: Concepts: Competitiveness and Globalization, South-Western College Pub, 2010.

Dess G., Lumpkin A.T., Eisner A., Strategic Management: Creating Competitive Advantages, Mc Graw-Hill, 2009.

David F.R., Strategic Management: Concept, Prentice Hall, 2010.

Hitt M.A., Hoskisson R.E., R.D. Ireland, Strategic Management: Cases Competitiveness and Globalization, South-Western College Pub, 2010.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Information Technology 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL003 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 2 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to expand students' basic knowledge of IT. 13. Teaching program Fundamentals of Hardware and Software. Problem-Solving and Program Design.

Applications and Implications of Information and Communications Technology. Information Processing. Wordprocessing, Presentation and Web Page Design. Spreadsheets.

14. Assessment methods The aim of the course is to expand students' basic knowledge of IT. 15. Recommended reading B. Williams, S. Sawyer: Using Information Technology, Career Education, 2009.

Watson R. T.: Information Systems, Global Text Project, 2007, gallaugher.com/chapters E. Turban, L. Volonino: Information Technology for Management: Improving Strategic and Operational Performance, Wiley, 2011. G. Reynolds: Information Technology for Managers, Course Technology, 2009 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Ruszczak Bogdan, b.ruszczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Fundamentals of Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL008 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course The aim of the course is to develop and strengthen today's most important management skills and to understand the management principles, organizational behavior, as well as basic financial statement, controlling and human resources management. It gives the introduction into all areas of management.

13. Teaching program 1. Management and Enterpreneurship 2. The Global Eniviroment: Culture, Social Responsibility and Sustainability 3. Planning: Problem Solving and Decision Making, Strategic and Operating Plan 4. Organizing work: job design, authority and delegating work 5. Change Management 6. Human Resources Management 7. Organizational Behaviour 8. Basic of Financial Management and Controlling 14. Assessment methods On the basics of participation in discussion. Constant evaluation of student? s work.

15. Recommended reading Robbins S.P., De Cenzo D., Coulter M., Fundamentals of management, Prentice Hall, 2012.

Griffin R.W., Fundamentals of management, South-Western College Pub, 2011.

Lussier R. N., Management Fundamentals: Concepts, Applications, Skill Development 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inﾅｼ. Mach ﾅ「kasz, l.mach@po.opole.pl dr inﾅｼ. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Science of Organization 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL009 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory III 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of specific legal terminology 12. Objectives of the course Student is required to know what an organization is, what are basic theories on organization in the science. This knowledge is essential in further building organizational structures. Familiarization to the changes n organization, corporate social responsibility is necessary to efficient organization management.

13. Teaching program Theory of organization.

Basic trends in theory of organization.

Definition, types and features of organization.

Organization models.

Organization environment. Organization life cycle.

Corporate social responsibility.

Resources in organization.

Building organizational structures.

Principles of organization management.

Changes in organization.

Cooperation within organization.

14. Assessment methods Discussion, practice work, test, case study.

15. Recommended reading 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Mathematics in Economics and Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL014 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites This course is intended for students who have a limited background in mathematics.

12. Objectives of the course This course introduces students to the mathematical language, skills and techniques necessary for success in many of today's fields. Emphasis is placed on applications in business. Developing skills of view expression on the basis of mathematical conceptions, symbols and terms.

13. Teaching program 1. Review of fundamental 2. Matrices. Operations on matrices. Determinants and matrix inversion.

2. Systems of linear equations. Systems of linear inequalities.

3. Relations and functions.

4. Sequences, series and limits.

5. Differentiation (function of one variable).

7. Optimization 8. Differentiation (function of more than one variable) 9. Integration.

10. Differential equation.

Applications to economics and management 14. Assessment methods Practical assignments. Final exam.

15. Recommended reading M. Timbrell, Mathematics for economists: an introduction, Blackwell, Oxford 1990.

M.Rosser, Basic Mathematics for Economists, Routledge, London 2003.

V. C. Mavron, T. N. Phillips, Elements of Mathematics for Economics and Finance Springer-Verlag, London 2007.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Szewczyk MirosĹ&#x201A;awa, m.szewczyk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Descriptive Statistics 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL015 Lectures, Practice ex., Laboratory, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 5 75 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites This course is intended for students who have a limited background in mathematics.

12. Objectives of the course This course introduces students to the statistical language, skills and techniques necessary for success in many of today's fields. Emphasis is placed on applications in business. Developing skills of view expression on the basis of symbols and terms. Students will be expected to analyse data, design and implement solutions to various problems.

13. Teaching program 1. Introduction to Statistics 2. Descriptive statistics. Measures of central tendency, measures of dispersion, measures of asymmetry. Empirical distributions and its graphics illustrations. Box-and-whisker plot.

Measures of two aspects of the ?shape? of the distributions: skewness and kurtosis.

3. Regression and correlation analysis. Correlation coefficients: Pearson correlation and Spearman?s rho. Scatterplot. Simple linear regression. Method of least squares.

4. Time Series and Index Numbers. Linear trend.

14. Assessment methods Practical assignments and final exam.

15. Recommended reading E. Mansfield; Statistics for Business and Economic: Methods and Applications; W.W. Norton & Company; New York, London 1987.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Szewczyk MirosĹ&#x201A;awa, m.szewczyk@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Organizational Behavior 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL016 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Understanding essence and the mechanism of organization behavior, their conditions and influence on organization and management 13. Teaching program Essence, internal and external conditions of organizational behaviors, authority and leadership at organization, conflict: interpersonal, internal and between groups, communication in organization, stress: reason, symptoms and methods to overcome the stress 14. Assessment methods On the basis of participation in discussions 15. Recommended reading S.R. Robbins, T.A. Judge, Organizational Behavior J.R., Jr Schermerhorn, J.G.Hunt, R.N. Osborn, Organizational Behavior M.A. Hitt, C.Ch. Miller, A. Colella, Organizational Behavior: A Strategic Approach 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Information Technology in Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL018 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Understanding essence of IT, their conditions and influence on organization and management.

13. Teaching program IT Support Systems: Concepts and Management. Information Systems Concepts and Definitions, Classifications and Types of Information. MRP, ERP, CRM, SCM systems.

Computer Aided Business Process Management. Managerial Decision making and IT support systems. Corporate Performance Management and Business Intelligence 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading B. Williams, S. Sawyer: Using Information Technology, Career Education, 2009.

Watson R. T.: Information Systems, Global Text Project, 2007, gallaugher.com/chapters E. Turban, L. Volonino: Information Technology for Management: Improving Strategic and Operational Performance, Wiley, 2011. G. Reynolds: Information Technology for Managers, Course Technology, 2009 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl dr Ruszczak Bogdan, b.ruszczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Human Resources Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL018 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory I 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Understanding essence of IT, their conditions and influence on organization and management.

13. Teaching program IT Support Systems: Concepts and Management. Information Systems Concepts and Definitions, Classifications and Types of Information. MRP, ERP, CRM, SCM systems.

Computer Aided Business Process Management. Managerial Decision making and IT support systems. Corporate Performance Management and Business Intelligence 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading B. Williams, S. Sawyer: Using Information Technology, Career Education, 2009.

Watson R. T.: Information Systems, Global Text Project, 2007, gallaugher.com/chapters E. Turban, L. Volonino: Information Technology for Management: Improving Strategic and Operational Performance, Wiley, 2011. G. Reynolds: Information Technology for Managers, Course Technology, 2009 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Polek-Duraj Kornelia, k.polek-duraj@po.opole.pl dr Ruszczak Bogdan, b.ruszczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Quality Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL019 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of basic enterprise management 12. Objectives of the course Preparing students to find ways of solving problems in area of quality management and to use basic methods and techniques.

13. Teaching program Introduction ? theoretic basis of quality management Quality management methods used in enterprises Tools of quality improvement Quality management and standardization according to ISO series 9000 Standardization documentation Auditing and certification of quality management systems Practical implementation of quality management system Concept of quality costs A human aspect of quality management 14. Assessment methods Lecture and multimedia presentations, group discussions, case studies, preparing papers 15. Recommended reading Imai M.: Kaizen. The Key to Japan?s Competitive Success, New York 2007 Hoyle D.: ISO 9000 Quality Systems Handbook, Oxford 2003 Liker J. K.: Toyota Way, New York 2003 Oakland J.: Quality Management, Oxford 2004 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr KaraĹ&#x203A; ElĹźbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Basics of Marketing 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL021 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory winter/summer 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Has the ability to recognize and implement the instruments of marketing within the enterprise; has the ability to think and act in rational and entrepreneurial way; has the ability to realize team and individual marketing tasks 13. Teaching program Marketing genesis, marketing environment, consumer-buyer behavior, market segmentation, positioning, marketing-mix: product, price, place, promotion, modern trends in marketing 14. Assessment methods one-choice test, activity during the lesson 15. Recommended reading P. Kotler, ?Principles of marketing? ?Marketing?

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl dr Adamska MaĹ&#x201A;gorzata, m.adamska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Marketing Research 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL022 Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 8 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Marketing Basic 12. Objectives of the course The course aims to study the process of marketing research. Students Student has to gain the knowledge about the problem definition, exploratory and descriptive research, data collection methods, designing the sample, data analysis and interpretation.

13. Teaching program Role of Marketing Research. Research Process. Problem Formulation. Research Design. Sampling and Nonsampling Errors. Measurement In Marketing Research. Primary and Secondary Data Collection. Sampling Procedure. Questionnaire Design. Data Analysis. Data Interpretation. The Research Report 14. Assessment methods Tasks, practice tests, discussion, individual and group projects. Case analysis.

15. Recommended reading Gilbert A. Churchill, Jr; Dawn Iacobucci, Marketing Research. Methodological Foundation, South Western Thomson Corporation, 2005 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Financial Accounting 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL023 Lectures, Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory VIII 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 6 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course Understanding the essence, rules and financial accountancy instruments; usage financial accountancy instruments in management?s problems solving 13. Teaching program Accountancy essentials and principles. Enterprises? assets and funds. Balance sheet.

Balance and profit and loss accounts. Economic events. Bases of accounts functioning.

Accounts scheme. Recording of liquid assets, stocks, receivables and liabilities, stockpiles, capital assets. Costs. Income statement. Methods of financial result calculation. Profit and loss account. Financial statements reporting 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading P. Weetman, Financial Accounting, Pearson, 2006, 4th edition.

B. Elliot, J. Elliott, Financial Reporting, Person, 2005, 10th edition.

R. Lewis, D. Pendrill, Advanced Financial Accounting, Pearson, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Corporate Finance 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL024 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory IV 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 7 IInd year of first-l 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basic knowledge of enterprise financial activity and microeconomy 12. Objectives of the course The usage of financial rules and methods to manage enterprises and their finance 13. Teaching program Corporate finance issues and problems. Finance and investment principles ? debt capital and its gaining process. Shares and bonds issues. Cost of capital. Methods of investment evaluation. Short-term corporate finance management - current receivables and current liabilities management. Functional analysis of a corporate (financial and branch indicators). Corporate tax strategies 14. Assessment methods Constant evaluation of student?s work. Final test in the end of semester. Duration and test date is given on the first class 15. Recommended reading [1] J. Van Horne, J. Wachowicz, Fundamentals of Financial Management, 2004, 12th edition [2] A. Damodaran, Applied Corporate Finance, WILEY 2006 [3] J. E. Edwin, Modern Portfolio Theory and Investment Analysis, Wiley 2004 [4] D. Dayananda, R. Irons, S. Harrison, J. Herbohn, P. Rowland, Capital Budgeting. Financial Apprisal Of Investment Projects, CAMBRIDGE 2002 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Zygmunt Aleksandra, a.zygmunt@po.opole.pl dr inĹź. Zygmunt Justyna, j.zygmunt@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Decision making 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL034 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowlegde of principles of decision making process 12. Objectives of the course Students learn how to use knowledge about decision making process in professional work and how to move into practise.

13. Teaching program New philosophy of management. Problems of enterprises. Prioriteis of problems? solutios. Problems? solutions and making of management conceptions. Reality in actions.Methods and technics of decision making process - theory. Methods and technics of decision making process ? casus (practical actions). Acting in conditions of trust crisis. Place of manager in decision making process. Factors and barriers of decision making process.

14. Assessment methods -credit based on students participation in classes, -practical tasks, -activity.

15. Recommended reading Abelson, R.P., & Levi, A. (1985). Decision making and decision theory. In G. Lindzey & E. Aronson (Eds.), The Handbook of Social Psychology, (3rd ed., Vol. 1), NY: Random House, pp. 231-309, March, J. G. (1997). Understanding How Decisions Happen in Organisations?, in Z. Shapira (ed.), Other literature.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr JasiĹ&#x201E;ska-Biliczak Anna, a.jasinska-biliczak@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Innovation in Business 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL035 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Knowledge of basic enterprise management 12. Objectives of the course Preparing students to find ways of solving problems in area of innovation management and to recognize types and models of innovation and technology transfers.

13. Teaching program Introduction ? theoretic basis of innovation Innovation and creativity in enterprises Process of innovation in enterprises Knowledge, technological changes Sources of technological changes Innovation dynamics and the evolution of industries Technological changes Technology diffusion and technology transfer Innovation dynamics in the Word Economy 14. Assessment methods Lecture and multimedia presentations, group discussions, case studies, preparing papers 15. Recommended reading Imai M.: Kaizen. The Key to Japan?s Competitive Success, New York 2007 Liker J. K.: Toyota Way, New York 2003 Prahalad C.K.: The New Age of Innovation, The McGraw-Hill 2008 Trott P.: Innovation Management and New Product Development, Prentice Hall, New York 2008 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr KaraĹ&#x203A; ElĹźbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Marketing in trade and services 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL037 Seminar, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 5 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basics of marketing, basics of management 12. Objectives of the course The most important goal of the subject is for students to understand the importance of a Marketing in the organization, its general concept and presence in life, methods of Market research used to improve functioning of organization 13. Teaching program Definition of services. Types of services. Positioning. Choosing target market. marketing-mix in service industries. Service consumer behavior. Pricing of services. Measuring service marketing efficiency. Merchandising. Definition of trade and industry. Marketing in trade 14. Assessment methods writing exam 15. Recommended reading A. Gilmore, Services marketing and management, Sage Publications, 2003 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer mgr Ciesielska Magdalena, m.ciesielska@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Organizational Culture 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL042 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basics of Management; knowledge about organization, structure of organization 12. Objectives of the course Understanding essence of the organizational culture, understanding differences between national cultures.

Main goal is for the students to be able to describe cultural differences and their influence on the Organizations in different countries.

13. Teaching program LECTURES: Organizational culture, definition, types and profiles of culture, national cultures and organizational cultures, culture shock , leadership in organization and national culture, the seven cultures of capitalism, changing of culture.

CLASSES: - Definition of Organizational Culture - Culture Typologies: Deal & Kennedy, Handy & Harrison, Hofstede, Cameron & Quinn, Sikorski - Cultural shock - Motivation in Organization: theories and examples: Mayo, Maslow, Herzberg, McGregor, MCClelland, Vroom, Skinner, Alderfer - National culture and the influence on the Organization - Difference of organizational culture in countries - Differences between behavior in exemplary countries 14. Assessment methods On the basis of participation in discussions.

Test and grade from working in groups 15. Recommended reading J.Martin, Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives E.H. Schein, Organizational Culture and Leadership Ch.M. Hampden- Turner, F.Trompenaars, Building Cross-Cultural Competence: How to Create Wealth from Conflicting Values Kim S. Cameron Robert E. Quinn. - Organizational Culture Ch. M. Hampden-Turner & Alfons Trompenaars ? Seven cultures of capitalism Ch. M. Hampden-Turner & Alfons Trompenaars - The seven dimensions of culture, the importance of cultural differences 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Karaś Elżbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl dr inż. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Oragnizational Culture 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZL042 Lectures, Practice ex., 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory 6 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 4 60 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites Basics of Management; knowledge about organization, structure of organization 12. Objectives of the course Understanding essence of the organizational culture, understanding differences between national cultures.

Main goal is for the students to be able to describe cultural differences and their influence on the Organizations in different countries.

13. Teaching program LECTURES: Organizational culture, definition, types and profiles of culture, national cultures and organizational cultures, culture shock , leadership in organization and national culture, the seven cultures of capitalism, changing of culture.

CLASSES: - Definition of Organizational Culture - Culture Typologies: Deal & Kennedy, Handy & Harrison, Hofstede, Cameron & Quinn, Sikorski - Cultural shock - Motivation in Organization: theories and examples: Mayo, Maslow, Herzberg, McGregor, MCClelland, Vroom, Skinner, Alderfer - National culture and the influence on the Organization - Difference of organizational culture in countries - Differences between behavior in exemplary countries 14. Assessment methods On the basis of participation in discussions.

Test and grade from working in groups 15. Recommended reading J.Martin, Cultures in Organizations: Three Perspectives E.H. Schein, Organizational Culture and Leadership Ch.M. Hampden- Turner, F.Trompenaars, Building Cross-Cultural Competence: How to Create Wealth from Conflicting Values Kim S. Cameron Robert E. Quinn. - Organizational Culture Ch. M. Hampden-Turner & Alfons Trompenaars ? Seven cultures of capitalism Ch. M. Hampden-Turner & Alfons Trompenaars - The seven dimensions of culture, the importance of cultural differences 16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr Karaś Elżbieta, e.karas@po.opole.pl dr inż. Hawrysz Liliana, l.hawrysz@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Sustainable Regional Development 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZPH001 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester elective II 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 4 basic 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Developing a full awareness and awakening public interest of interrelated economic, social, political and environmental issues.

Allowing everyone to acquire the knowledge and skills necessary for environmental improvement.

Creating new patterns of behavior, shaping attitudes, values and beliefs of individuals, groups and societies, taking into account the concern for environmental quality 13. Teaching program Explain the basic concepts of ecology, ecological education and environmental protection, Ethical and sociological aspects of ecology and environmental protection: - Environmental education, - Methods of social psychology in shaping the ecology of human attitudes, Environmental awareness, - Shallow and deep ecology, Environmental education as an international obligation, Organization of environmental education in Poland Basis for environmental protection (including the basic threats and challenges of the modern world, the evolution of approaches to issues of ecology and environmental management model) Cleaner Production as a philosophy and strategy of environmental protection Models and definitions found in the conservation and environmental management, Renewable and non-renewable resources of the environment and the rational exploitation 14. Assessment methods 15. Recommended reading Harrison Paul, The Third Rewolution. Environment, Population and a Sustainable World, I.B. Tauris/Penguin Books, London-New York, 1992, Martell, Luke, Ecology and Society: An Introduction, Polity Press, 1994, Michael Tobias ed, Deep Ecology, Avant Books, ISBN 0-932238-13-0, 1988, Palmer, J.A., Environmental Education in the 21st Century: Theory, Practice, Progress, and Promise, Routledge, 1998, Sawin Janet, Charting a New Energy Future, State of the World 2003, By Lester R. Brown.

Boston: W. W. Norton & Company, Incorporated, 2003.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inĹź. Kolasa-WiÄ&#x2122;cek Alicja, a.kolasa-wiecek@po.opole.pl

1. Course title Ecological Management 2. Course code 3. Form of class ZZL041 Lectures, 4. Type of course 5. Semester obligatory V 6. Number of ECTS credits 7. Level of class 3 intermedia 8. Number of hours per week 9. Number of hours per semester 2 30 10. Language of instruction English 11. Prerequisites 12. Objectives of the course Increase awareness of the danger of the contemporary world of human activity, indicate the directions and methods for their elimination. Acquainted with the modern trends in the field environment, its management, as well as technical and economic considerations for their implementation 13. Teaching program The concept of sustainable development. Protection of the environment.

Environmental education, methods of social psychology in shaping the attitudes of human ecology, environmental awareness. Industrial Ecology. Models and definitions of environmental management. The main threats and challenges of the modern world. The evolution approach to ecology and environmental management model. Environmental management systems.

Cleaner Production as a philosophy and strategy of environmental protection. Environmental Management Systems according to ISO 14000, EMAS and other national standards. Economic and legal aspects of the management systems. The best available practices, techniques and technologies. Unconventional and renewable sources of energy 14. Assessment methods Examination, presentation 15. Recommended reading Nowak Z., Zarządzanie środowiskiem, Wyd. Pol. Śląskiej, Gliwice 2001 Czaja S., Fiedor B., Graczyk A., Jakubczyk Z., Podstawy ekonomii środowiska i zasobów naturalnych, Warszawa 2002, Poskrobko B., Zarządzanie środowiskiem, PWE, Warszawa 1998, Thampapillai D., Environmental Economics: Concepts, Methods and Policies, Oxford University Press, Melbourne 2006, Walters C., Adaptive management of renewable resources. McMillan, New York, New York 1986.

16. Name and contact information of the lecturer dr inż. Kolasa-Więcek Alicja, a.kolasa-wiecek@po.opole.pl